1 /* GTK - The GIMP Toolkit
2 * Copyright (C) 1995-1997 Peter Mattis, Spencer Kimball and Josh MacDonald
4 * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
5 * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
6 * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
7 * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
9 * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
10 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
11 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
12 * Lesser General Public License for more details.
14 * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
15 * License along with this library. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
19 * Modified by the GTK+ Team and others 1997-2000. See the AUTHORS
20 * file for a list of people on the GTK+ Team. See the ChangeLog
21 * files for a list of changes. These files are distributed with
22 * GTK+ at ftp://ftp.gtk.org/pub/gtk/.
31 #include <gobject/gvaluecollector.h>
32 #include <gobject/gobjectnotifyqueue.c>
33 #include <cairo-gobject.h>
35 #include "gtkcontainer.h"
36 #include "gtkaccelmapprivate.h"
37 #include "gtkclipboard.h"
38 #include "gtkiconfactory.h"
40 #include "gtkmarshalers.h"
41 #include "gtkselectionprivate.h"
42 #include "gtksettingsprivate.h"
43 #include "gtksizegroup-private.h"
44 #include "gtksizerequestcacheprivate.h"
45 #include "gtkwidget.h"
46 #include "gtkwidgetprivate.h"
47 #include "gtkwindowprivate.h"
48 #include "gtkcontainerprivate.h"
49 #include "gtkbindings.h"
50 #include "gtkprivate.h"
51 #include "gtkaccessible.h"
52 #include "gtktooltip.h"
53 #include "gtkinvisible.h"
54 #include "gtkbuildable.h"
55 #include "gtkbuilderprivate.h"
56 #include "gtksizerequest.h"
57 #include "gtkstylecontextprivate.h"
58 #include "gtkcssprovider.h"
59 #include "gtkmodifierstyle.h"
60 #include "gtkversion.h"
63 #include "gtktypebuiltins.h"
64 #include "a11y/gtkwidgetaccessible.h"
68 * @Short_description: Base class for all widgets
71 * GtkWidget is the base class all widgets in GTK+ derive from. It manages the
72 * widget lifecycle, states and style.
74 * <refsect2 id="geometry-management">
75 * <title>Height-for-width Geometry Management</title>
77 * GTK+ uses a height-for-width (and width-for-height) geometry management
78 * system. Height-for-width means that a widget can change how much
79 * vertical space it needs, depending on the amount of horizontal space
80 * that it is given (and similar for width-for-height). The most common
81 * example is a label that reflows to fill up the available width, wraps
82 * to fewer lines, and therefore needs less height.
84 * Height-for-width geometry management is implemented in GTK+ by way
85 * of five virtual methods:
87 * <listitem>#GtkWidgetClass.get_request_mode()</listitem>
88 * <listitem>#GtkWidgetClass.get_preferred_width()</listitem>
89 * <listitem>#GtkWidgetClass.get_preferred_height()</listitem>
90 * <listitem>#GtkWidgetClass.get_preferred_height_for_width()</listitem>
91 * <listitem>#GtkWidgetClass.get_preferred_width_for_height()</listitem>
94 * There are some important things to keep in mind when implementing
95 * height-for-width and when using it in container implementations.
97 * The geometry management system will query a widget hierarchy in
98 * only one orientation at a time. When widgets are initially queried
99 * for their minimum sizes it is generally done in two initial passes
100 * in the #GtkSizeRequestMode chosen by the toplevel.
102 * For example, when queried in the normal
103 * %GTK_SIZE_REQUEST_HEIGHT_FOR_WIDTH mode:
104 * First, the default minimum and natural width for each widget
105 * in the interface will be computed using gtk_widget_get_preferred_width().
106 * Because the preferred widths for each container depend on the preferred
107 * widths of their children, this information propagates up the hierarchy,
108 * and finally a minimum and natural width is determined for the entire
109 * toplevel. Next, the toplevel will use the minimum width to query for the
110 * minimum height contextual to that width using
111 * gtk_widget_get_preferred_height_for_width(), which will also be a highly
112 * recursive operation. The minimum height for the minimum width is normally
113 * used to set the minimum size constraint on the toplevel
114 * (unless gtk_window_set_geometry_hints() is explicitly used instead).
116 * After the toplevel window has initially requested its size in both
117 * dimensions it can go on to allocate itself a reasonable size (or a size
118 * previously specified with gtk_window_set_default_size()). During the
119 * recursive allocation process it's important to note that request cycles
120 * will be recursively executed while container widgets allocate their children.
121 * Each container widget, once allocated a size, will go on to first share the
122 * space in one orientation among its children and then request each child's
123 * height for its target allocated width or its width for allocated height,
124 * depending. In this way a #GtkWidget will typically be requested its size
125 * a number of times before actually being allocated a size. The size a
126 * widget is finally allocated can of course differ from the size it has
127 * requested. For this reason, #GtkWidget caches a small number of results
128 * to avoid re-querying for the same sizes in one allocation cycle.
130 * See <link linkend="container-geometry-management">GtkContainer's
131 * geometry management section</link>
132 * to learn more about how height-for-width allocations are performed
133 * by container widgets.
135 * If a widget does move content around to intelligently use up the
136 * allocated size then it must support the request in both
137 * #GtkSizeRequestModes even if the widget in question only
138 * trades sizes in a single orientation.
140 * For instance, a #GtkLabel that does height-for-width word wrapping
141 * will not expect to have #GtkWidgetClass.get_preferred_height() called
142 * because that call is specific to a width-for-height request. In this
143 * case the label must return the height required for its own minimum
144 * possible width. By following this rule any widget that handles
145 * height-for-width or width-for-height requests will always be allocated
146 * at least enough space to fit its own content.
148 * Here are some examples of how a %GTK_SIZE_REQUEST_HEIGHT_FOR_WIDTH widget
149 * generally deals with width-for-height requests, for #GtkWidgetClass.get_preferred_height()
151 * <programlisting><![CDATA[
153 * foo_widget_get_preferred_height (GtkWidget *widget, gint *min_height, gint *nat_height)
155 * if (i_am_in_height_for_width_mode)
159 * GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->get_preferred_width (widget, &min_width, NULL);
160 * GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->get_preferred_height_for_width (widget, min_width,
161 * min_height, nat_height);
165 * ... some widgets do both. For instance, if a GtkLabel is rotated to 90 degrees
166 * it will return the minimum and natural height for the rotated label here.
169 * ]]></programlisting>
171 * And in #GtkWidgetClass.get_preferred_width_for_height() it will simply return
172 * the minimum and natural width:
174 * <programlisting><![CDATA[
176 * foo_widget_get_preferred_width_for_height (GtkWidget *widget, gint for_height,
177 * gint *min_width, gint *nat_width)
179 * if (i_am_in_height_for_width_mode)
181 * GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->get_preferred_width (widget, min_width, nat_width);
185 * ... again if a widget is sometimes operating in width-for-height mode
186 * (like a rotated GtkLabel) it can go ahead and do its real width for
187 * height calculation here.
190 * ]]></programlisting>
192 * Often a widget needs to get its own request during size request or
193 * allocation. For example, when computing height it may need to also
194 * compute width. Or when deciding how to use an allocation, the widget
195 * may need to know its natural size. In these cases, the widget should
196 * be careful to call its virtual methods directly, like this:
198 * <title>Widget calling its own size request method.</title>
200 * GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS(widget)->get_preferred_width (widget),
205 * It will not work to use the wrapper functions, such as
206 * gtk_widget_get_preferred_width() inside your own size request
207 * implementation. These return a request adjusted by #GtkSizeGroup
208 * and by the #GtkWidgetClass.adjust_size_request() virtual method. If a
209 * widget used the wrappers inside its virtual method implementations,
210 * then the adjustments (such as widget margins) would be applied
211 * twice. GTK+ therefore does not allow this and will warn if you try
214 * Of course if you are getting the size request for
215 * <emphasis>another</emphasis> widget, such as a child of a
216 * container, you <emphasis>must</emphasis> use the wrapper APIs.
217 * Otherwise, you would not properly consider widget margins,
218 * #GtkSizeGroup, and so forth.
221 * <refsect2 id="style-properties">
222 * <title>Style Properties</title>
224 * <structname>GtkWidget</structname> introduces <firstterm>style
225 * properties</firstterm> - these are basically object properties that are stored
226 * not on the object, but in the style object associated to the widget. Style
227 * properties are set in <link linkend="gtk-Resource-Files">resource files</link>.
228 * This mechanism is used for configuring such things as the location of the
229 * scrollbar arrows through the theme, giving theme authors more control over the
230 * look of applications without the need to write a theme engine in C.
233 * Use gtk_widget_class_install_style_property() to install style properties for
234 * a widget class, gtk_widget_class_find_style_property() or
235 * gtk_widget_class_list_style_properties() to get information about existing
236 * style properties and gtk_widget_style_get_property(), gtk_widget_style_get() or
237 * gtk_widget_style_get_valist() to obtain the value of a style property.
240 * <refsect2 id="GtkWidget-BUILDER-UI">
241 * <title>GtkWidget as GtkBuildable</title>
243 * The GtkWidget implementation of the GtkBuildable interface supports a
244 * custom <accelerator> element, which has attributes named key,
245 * modifiers and signal and allows to specify accelerators.
248 * <title>A UI definition fragment specifying an accelerator</title>
249 * <programlisting><![CDATA[
250 * <object class="GtkButton">
251 * <accelerator key="q" modifiers="GDK_CONTROL_MASK" signal="clicked"/>
253 * ]]></programlisting>
256 * In addition to accelerators, <structname>GtkWidget</structname> also support a
257 * custom <accessible> element, which supports actions and relations.
258 * Properties on the accessible implementation of an object can be set by accessing the
259 * internal child "accessible" of a <structname>GtkWidget</structname>.
262 * <title>A UI definition fragment specifying an accessible</title>
263 * <programlisting><![CDATA[
264 * <object class="GtkButton" id="label1"/>
265 * <property name="label">I am a Label for a Button</property>
267 * <object class="GtkButton" id="button1">
269 * <action action_name="click" translatable="yes">Click the button.</action>
270 * <relation target="label1" type="labelled-by"/>
272 * <child internal-child="accessible">
273 * <object class="AtkObject" id="a11y-button1">
274 * <property name="AtkObject::name">Clickable Button</property>
278 * ]]></programlisting>
281 * Finally, GtkWidget allows style information such as style classes to
282 * be associated with widgets, using the custom <style> element:
284 * <title>A UI definition fragment specifying an style class</title>
285 * <programlisting><![CDATA[
286 * <object class="GtkButton" id="button1">
288 * <class name="my-special-button-class"/>
289 * <class name="dark-button"/>
292 * ]]></programlisting>
298 /* Add flags here that should not be propagated to children. By default,
299 * all flags will be set on children (think prelight or active), but we
300 * might want to not do this for some.
302 #define GTK_STATE_FLAGS_DONT_PROPAGATE (GTK_STATE_FLAG_FOCUSED)
303 #define GTK_STATE_FLAGS_DO_PROPAGATE (~GTK_STATE_FLAGS_DONT_PROPAGATE)
305 #define WIDGET_CLASS(w) GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (w)
307 #define GTK_STATE_FLAGS_BITS 7
309 struct _GtkWidgetPrivate
311 /* The state of the widget. Needs to be able to hold all GtkStateFlags bits
312 * (defined in "gtkenums.h").
314 guint state_flags : GTK_STATE_FLAGS_BITS;
318 guint in_destruction : 1;
321 guint composite_child : 1;
329 guint can_default : 1;
330 guint has_default : 1;
331 guint receives_default : 1;
334 guint style_update_pending : 1;
335 guint app_paintable : 1;
336 guint double_buffered : 1;
337 guint redraw_on_alloc : 1;
338 guint no_show_all : 1;
339 guint child_visible : 1;
340 guint multidevice : 1;
341 guint has_shape_mask : 1;
342 guint in_reparent : 1;
344 /* Queue-resize related flags */
345 guint alloc_needed : 1;
347 /* Expand-related flags */
348 guint need_compute_expand : 1; /* Need to recompute computed_[hv]_expand */
349 guint computed_hexpand : 1; /* computed results (composite of child flags) */
350 guint computed_vexpand : 1;
351 guint hexpand : 1; /* application-forced expand */
353 guint hexpand_set : 1; /* whether to use application-forced */
354 guint vexpand_set : 1; /* instead of computing from children */
356 /* SizeGroup related flags */
357 guint have_size_groups : 1;
359 /* The widget's name. If the widget does not have a name
360 * (the name is NULL), then its name (as returned by
361 * "gtk_widget_get_name") is its class's name.
362 * Among other things, the widget name is used to determine
363 * the style to use for a widget.
367 /* The list of attached windows to this widget.
368 * We keep a list in order to call reset_style to all of them,
370 GList *attached_windows;
372 /* The style for the widget. The style contains the
373 * colors the widget should be drawn in for each state
374 * along with graphics contexts used to draw with and
375 * the font to use for text.
378 GtkStyleContext *context;
380 /* Widget's path for styling */
383 /* The widget's allocated size */
384 GtkAllocation allocation;
386 /* The widget's requested sizes */
387 SizeRequestCache requests;
389 /* actions attached to this or any parent widget */
392 /* The widget's window or its parent window if it does
393 * not have a window. (Which will be indicated by the
394 * GTK_NO_WINDOW flag being set).
398 /* The widget's parent */
401 #ifdef G_ENABLE_DEBUG
402 /* Number of gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants () */
403 guint verifying_invariants_count;
404 #endif /* G_ENABLE_DEBUG */
407 struct _GtkWidgetClassPrivate
409 GType accessible_type;
410 AtkRole accessible_role;
439 BUTTON_RELEASE_EVENT,
453 PROPERTY_NOTIFY_EVENT,
454 SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT,
455 SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT,
456 SELECTION_NOTIFY_EVENT,
461 VISIBILITY_NOTIFY_EVENT,
475 ACCEL_CLOSURES_CHANGED,
500 PROP_RECEIVES_DEFAULT,
501 PROP_COMPOSITE_CHILD,
509 PROP_DOUBLE_BUFFERED,
524 typedef struct _GtkStateData GtkStateData;
527 STATE_CHANGE_REPLACE,
534 guint flags : GTK_STATE_FLAGS_BITS;
538 /* --- prototypes --- */
539 static void gtk_widget_base_class_init (gpointer g_class);
540 static void gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass);
541 static void gtk_widget_base_class_finalize (GtkWidgetClass *klass);
542 static void gtk_widget_init (GtkWidget *widget);
543 static void gtk_widget_set_property (GObject *object,
547 static void gtk_widget_get_property (GObject *object,
551 static void gtk_widget_constructed (GObject *object);
552 static void gtk_widget_dispose (GObject *object);
553 static void gtk_widget_real_destroy (GtkWidget *object);
554 static void gtk_widget_finalize (GObject *object);
555 static void gtk_widget_real_show (GtkWidget *widget);
556 static void gtk_widget_real_hide (GtkWidget *widget);
557 static void gtk_widget_real_map (GtkWidget *widget);
558 static void gtk_widget_real_unmap (GtkWidget *widget);
559 static void gtk_widget_real_realize (GtkWidget *widget);
560 static void gtk_widget_real_unrealize (GtkWidget *widget);
561 static void gtk_widget_real_size_allocate (GtkWidget *widget,
562 GtkAllocation *allocation);
563 static void gtk_widget_real_style_set (GtkWidget *widget,
564 GtkStyle *previous_style);
565 static void gtk_widget_real_direction_changed(GtkWidget *widget,
566 GtkTextDirection previous_direction);
568 static void gtk_widget_real_grab_focus (GtkWidget *focus_widget);
569 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_query_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget,
572 gboolean keyboard_tip,
573 GtkTooltip *tooltip);
574 static void gtk_widget_real_style_updated (GtkWidget *widget);
575 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_show_help (GtkWidget *widget,
576 GtkWidgetHelpType help_type);
578 static void gtk_widget_dispatch_child_properties_changed (GtkWidget *object,
580 GParamSpec **pspecs);
581 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_key_press_event (GtkWidget *widget,
583 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_key_release_event (GtkWidget *widget,
585 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_focus_in_event (GtkWidget *widget,
586 GdkEventFocus *event);
587 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_focus_out_event (GtkWidget *widget,
588 GdkEventFocus *event);
589 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_touch_event (GtkWidget *widget,
590 GdkEventTouch *event);
591 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
592 GtkDirectionType direction);
593 static void gtk_widget_real_move_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
594 GtkDirectionType direction);
595 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_keynav_failed (GtkWidget *widget,
596 GtkDirectionType direction);
597 #ifdef G_ENABLE_DEBUG
598 static void gtk_widget_verify_invariants (GtkWidget *widget);
599 static void gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (GtkWidget *widget);
600 static void gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (GtkWidget *widget);
602 #define gtk_widget_verify_invariants(widget)
603 #define gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants(widget)
604 #define gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants(widget)
606 static PangoContext* gtk_widget_peek_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget);
607 static void gtk_widget_update_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget);
608 static void gtk_widget_propagate_state (GtkWidget *widget,
611 static gint gtk_widget_event_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
613 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_mnemonic_activate (GtkWidget *widget,
614 gboolean group_cycling);
615 static void gtk_widget_real_get_width (GtkWidget *widget,
618 static void gtk_widget_real_get_height (GtkWidget *widget,
621 static void gtk_widget_real_get_height_for_width (GtkWidget *widget,
623 gint *minimum_height,
624 gint *natural_height);
625 static void gtk_widget_real_get_width_for_height (GtkWidget *widget,
628 gint *natural_width);
629 static void gtk_widget_real_state_flags_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
630 GtkStateFlags old_state);
631 static const GtkWidgetAuxInfo* _gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (GtkWidget *widget);
632 static GtkWidgetAuxInfo* gtk_widget_get_aux_info (GtkWidget *widget,
634 static void gtk_widget_aux_info_destroy (GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info);
635 static AtkObject* gtk_widget_real_get_accessible (GtkWidget *widget);
636 static void gtk_widget_accessible_interface_init (AtkImplementorIface *iface);
637 static AtkObject* gtk_widget_ref_accessible (AtkImplementor *implementor);
638 static void gtk_widget_invalidate_widget_windows (GtkWidget *widget,
639 cairo_region_t *region);
640 static GdkScreen * gtk_widget_get_screen_unchecked (GtkWidget *widget);
641 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_can_activate_accel (GtkWidget *widget,
644 static void gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget,
645 gboolean has_tooltip,
647 static void gtk_widget_buildable_interface_init (GtkBuildableIface *iface);
648 static void gtk_widget_buildable_set_name (GtkBuildable *buildable,
650 static const gchar * gtk_widget_buildable_get_name (GtkBuildable *buildable);
651 static GObject * gtk_widget_buildable_get_internal_child (GtkBuildable *buildable,
653 const gchar *childname);
654 static void gtk_widget_buildable_set_buildable_property (GtkBuildable *buildable,
657 const GValue *value);
658 static gboolean gtk_widget_buildable_custom_tag_start (GtkBuildable *buildable,
661 const gchar *tagname,
662 GMarkupParser *parser,
664 static void gtk_widget_buildable_custom_finished (GtkBuildable *buildable,
667 const gchar *tagname,
669 static void gtk_widget_buildable_parser_finished (GtkBuildable *buildable,
670 GtkBuilder *builder);
672 static GtkSizeRequestMode gtk_widget_real_get_request_mode (GtkWidget *widget);
673 static void gtk_widget_real_get_width (GtkWidget *widget,
676 static void gtk_widget_real_get_height (GtkWidget *widget,
680 static void gtk_widget_queue_tooltip_query (GtkWidget *widget);
683 static void gtk_widget_real_adjust_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
684 GtkOrientation orientation,
687 static void gtk_widget_real_adjust_size_allocation (GtkWidget *widget,
688 GtkOrientation orientation,
692 gint *allocated_size);
694 static void gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
697 GtkQueueResizeFlags flags);
699 static void gtk_widget_add_events_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
702 static void gtk_widget_set_device_enabled_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
706 static gboolean event_window_is_still_viewable (GdkEvent *event);
708 /* --- variables --- */
709 static gpointer gtk_widget_parent_class = NULL;
710 static guint widget_signals[LAST_SIGNAL] = { 0 };
711 static guint composite_child_stack = 0;
712 static GtkTextDirection gtk_default_direction = GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR;
713 static GParamSpecPool *style_property_spec_pool = NULL;
715 static GQuark quark_property_parser = 0;
716 static GQuark quark_aux_info = 0;
717 static GQuark quark_accel_path = 0;
718 static GQuark quark_accel_closures = 0;
719 static GQuark quark_event_mask = 0;
720 static GQuark quark_device_event_mask = 0;
721 static GQuark quark_parent_window = 0;
722 static GQuark quark_pointer_window = 0;
723 static GQuark quark_shape_info = 0;
724 static GQuark quark_input_shape_info = 0;
725 static GQuark quark_pango_context = 0;
726 static GQuark quark_accessible_object = 0;
727 static GQuark quark_mnemonic_labels = 0;
728 static GQuark quark_tooltip_markup = 0;
729 static GQuark quark_has_tooltip = 0;
730 static GQuark quark_tooltip_window = 0;
731 static GQuark quark_visual = 0;
732 static GQuark quark_modifier_style = 0;
733 static GQuark quark_enabled_devices = 0;
734 static GQuark quark_size_groups = 0;
735 GParamSpecPool *_gtk_widget_child_property_pool = NULL;
736 GObjectNotifyContext *_gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context = NULL;
738 /* --- functions --- */
740 gtk_widget_get_type (void)
742 static GType widget_type = 0;
744 if (G_UNLIKELY (widget_type == 0))
746 const GTypeInfo widget_info =
748 sizeof (GtkWidgetClass),
749 gtk_widget_base_class_init,
750 (GBaseFinalizeFunc) gtk_widget_base_class_finalize,
751 (GClassInitFunc) gtk_widget_class_init,
752 NULL, /* class_finalize */
753 NULL, /* class_init */
756 (GInstanceInitFunc) gtk_widget_init,
757 NULL, /* value_table */
760 const GInterfaceInfo accessibility_info =
762 (GInterfaceInitFunc) gtk_widget_accessible_interface_init,
763 (GInterfaceFinalizeFunc) NULL,
764 NULL /* interface data */
767 const GInterfaceInfo buildable_info =
769 (GInterfaceInitFunc) gtk_widget_buildable_interface_init,
770 (GInterfaceFinalizeFunc) NULL,
771 NULL /* interface data */
774 widget_type = g_type_register_static (G_TYPE_INITIALLY_UNOWNED, "GtkWidget",
775 &widget_info, G_TYPE_FLAG_ABSTRACT);
777 g_type_add_class_private (widget_type, sizeof (GtkWidgetClassPrivate));
779 g_type_add_interface_static (widget_type, ATK_TYPE_IMPLEMENTOR,
780 &accessibility_info) ;
781 g_type_add_interface_static (widget_type, GTK_TYPE_BUILDABLE,
789 gtk_widget_base_class_init (gpointer g_class)
791 GtkWidgetClass *klass = g_class;
793 klass->priv = G_TYPE_CLASS_GET_PRIVATE (g_class, GTK_TYPE_WIDGET, GtkWidgetClassPrivate);
797 child_property_notify_dispatcher (GObject *object,
801 GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (object)->dispatch_child_properties_changed (GTK_WIDGET (object), n_pspecs, pspecs);
804 /* We guard against the draw signal callbacks modifying the state of the
805 * cairo context by surounding it with save/restore.
806 * Maybe we should also cairo_new_path() just to be sure?
809 gtk_widget_draw_marshaller (GClosure *closure,
810 GValue *return_value,
811 guint n_param_values,
812 const GValue *param_values,
813 gpointer invocation_hint,
814 gpointer marshal_data)
816 cairo_t *cr = g_value_get_boxed (¶m_values[1]);
820 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED (closure,
831 gtk_widget_draw_marshallerv (GClosure *closure,
832 GValue *return_value,
835 gpointer marshal_data,
842 G_VA_COPY (args_copy, args);
843 cr = va_arg (args_copy, gpointer);
847 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv (closure,
861 gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass)
863 static GObjectNotifyContext cpn_context = { 0, NULL, NULL };
864 GObjectClass *gobject_class = G_OBJECT_CLASS (klass);
865 GtkBindingSet *binding_set;
867 gtk_widget_parent_class = g_type_class_peek_parent (klass);
869 quark_property_parser = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-rc-property-parser");
870 quark_aux_info = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-aux-info");
871 quark_accel_path = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-accel-path");
872 quark_accel_closures = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-accel-closures");
873 quark_event_mask = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-event-mask");
874 quark_device_event_mask = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-device-event-mask");
875 quark_parent_window = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-parent-window");
876 quark_pointer_window = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-pointer-window");
877 quark_shape_info = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-shape-info");
878 quark_input_shape_info = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-input-shape-info");
879 quark_pango_context = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-pango-context");
880 quark_accessible_object = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-accessible-object");
881 quark_mnemonic_labels = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-mnemonic-labels");
882 quark_tooltip_markup = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-tooltip-markup");
883 quark_has_tooltip = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-has-tooltip");
884 quark_tooltip_window = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-tooltip-window");
885 quark_visual = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-widget-visual");
886 quark_modifier_style = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-widget-modifier-style");
887 quark_enabled_devices = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-widget-enabled-devices");
888 quark_size_groups = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-widget-size-groups");
890 style_property_spec_pool = g_param_spec_pool_new (FALSE);
891 _gtk_widget_child_property_pool = g_param_spec_pool_new (TRUE);
892 cpn_context.quark_notify_queue = g_quark_from_static_string ("GtkWidget-child-property-notify-queue");
893 cpn_context.dispatcher = child_property_notify_dispatcher;
894 _gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context = &cpn_context;
896 gobject_class->constructed = gtk_widget_constructed;
897 gobject_class->dispose = gtk_widget_dispose;
898 gobject_class->finalize = gtk_widget_finalize;
899 gobject_class->set_property = gtk_widget_set_property;
900 gobject_class->get_property = gtk_widget_get_property;
902 klass->destroy = gtk_widget_real_destroy;
904 klass->activate_signal = 0;
905 klass->dispatch_child_properties_changed = gtk_widget_dispatch_child_properties_changed;
906 klass->show = gtk_widget_real_show;
907 klass->show_all = gtk_widget_show;
908 klass->hide = gtk_widget_real_hide;
909 klass->map = gtk_widget_real_map;
910 klass->unmap = gtk_widget_real_unmap;
911 klass->realize = gtk_widget_real_realize;
912 klass->unrealize = gtk_widget_real_unrealize;
913 klass->size_allocate = gtk_widget_real_size_allocate;
914 klass->get_request_mode = gtk_widget_real_get_request_mode;
915 klass->get_preferred_width = gtk_widget_real_get_width;
916 klass->get_preferred_height = gtk_widget_real_get_height;
917 klass->get_preferred_width_for_height = gtk_widget_real_get_width_for_height;
918 klass->get_preferred_height_for_width = gtk_widget_real_get_height_for_width;
919 klass->state_changed = NULL;
920 klass->state_flags_changed = gtk_widget_real_state_flags_changed;
921 klass->parent_set = NULL;
922 klass->hierarchy_changed = NULL;
923 klass->style_set = gtk_widget_real_style_set;
924 klass->direction_changed = gtk_widget_real_direction_changed;
925 klass->grab_notify = NULL;
926 klass->child_notify = NULL;
928 klass->mnemonic_activate = gtk_widget_real_mnemonic_activate;
929 klass->grab_focus = gtk_widget_real_grab_focus;
930 klass->focus = gtk_widget_real_focus;
931 klass->move_focus = gtk_widget_real_move_focus;
932 klass->keynav_failed = gtk_widget_real_keynav_failed;
934 klass->button_press_event = NULL;
935 klass->button_release_event = NULL;
936 klass->motion_notify_event = NULL;
937 klass->touch_event = gtk_widget_real_touch_event;
938 klass->delete_event = NULL;
939 klass->destroy_event = NULL;
940 klass->key_press_event = gtk_widget_real_key_press_event;
941 klass->key_release_event = gtk_widget_real_key_release_event;
942 klass->enter_notify_event = NULL;
943 klass->leave_notify_event = NULL;
944 klass->configure_event = NULL;
945 klass->focus_in_event = gtk_widget_real_focus_in_event;
946 klass->focus_out_event = gtk_widget_real_focus_out_event;
947 klass->map_event = NULL;
948 klass->unmap_event = NULL;
949 klass->window_state_event = NULL;
950 klass->property_notify_event = _gtk_selection_property_notify;
951 klass->selection_clear_event = _gtk_selection_clear;
952 klass->selection_request_event = _gtk_selection_request;
953 klass->selection_notify_event = _gtk_selection_notify;
954 klass->selection_received = NULL;
955 klass->proximity_in_event = NULL;
956 klass->proximity_out_event = NULL;
957 klass->drag_begin = NULL;
958 klass->drag_end = NULL;
959 klass->drag_data_delete = NULL;
960 klass->drag_leave = NULL;
961 klass->drag_motion = NULL;
962 klass->drag_drop = NULL;
963 klass->drag_data_received = NULL;
964 klass->screen_changed = NULL;
965 klass->can_activate_accel = gtk_widget_real_can_activate_accel;
966 klass->grab_broken_event = NULL;
967 klass->query_tooltip = gtk_widget_real_query_tooltip;
968 klass->style_updated = gtk_widget_real_style_updated;
970 klass->show_help = gtk_widget_real_show_help;
972 /* Accessibility support */
973 klass->priv->accessible_type = GTK_TYPE_ACCESSIBLE;
974 klass->priv->accessible_role = ATK_ROLE_INVALID;
975 klass->get_accessible = gtk_widget_real_get_accessible;
977 klass->adjust_size_request = gtk_widget_real_adjust_size_request;
978 klass->adjust_size_allocation = gtk_widget_real_adjust_size_allocation;
980 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
982 g_param_spec_string ("name",
984 P_("The name of the widget"),
986 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
987 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
989 g_param_spec_object ("parent",
991 P_("The parent widget of this widget. Must be a Container widget"),
993 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
995 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
997 g_param_spec_int ("width-request",
999 P_("Override for width request of the widget, or -1 if natural request should be used"),
1003 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1004 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1005 PROP_HEIGHT_REQUEST,
1006 g_param_spec_int ("height-request",
1007 P_("Height request"),
1008 P_("Override for height request of the widget, or -1 if natural request should be used"),
1012 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1013 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1015 g_param_spec_boolean ("visible",
1017 P_("Whether the widget is visible"),
1019 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1020 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1022 g_param_spec_boolean ("sensitive",
1024 P_("Whether the widget responds to input"),
1026 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1027 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1029 g_param_spec_boolean ("app-paintable",
1030 P_("Application paintable"),
1031 P_("Whether the application will paint directly on the widget"),
1033 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1034 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1036 g_param_spec_boolean ("can-focus",
1038 P_("Whether the widget can accept the input focus"),
1040 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1041 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1043 g_param_spec_boolean ("has-focus",
1045 P_("Whether the widget has the input focus"),
1047 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1048 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1050 g_param_spec_boolean ("is-focus",
1052 P_("Whether the widget is the focus widget within the toplevel"),
1054 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1055 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1057 g_param_spec_boolean ("can-default",
1059 P_("Whether the widget can be the default widget"),
1061 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1062 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1064 g_param_spec_boolean ("has-default",
1066 P_("Whether the widget is the default widget"),
1068 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1069 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1070 PROP_RECEIVES_DEFAULT,
1071 g_param_spec_boolean ("receives-default",
1072 P_("Receives default"),
1073 P_("If TRUE, the widget will receive the default action when it is focused"),
1075 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1076 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1077 PROP_COMPOSITE_CHILD,
1078 g_param_spec_boolean ("composite-child",
1079 P_("Composite child"),
1080 P_("Whether the widget is part of a composite widget"),
1082 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
1083 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1085 g_param_spec_object ("style",
1087 P_("The style of the widget, which contains information about how it will look (colors etc)"),
1089 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1090 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1092 g_param_spec_flags ("events",
1094 P_("The event mask that decides what kind of GdkEvents this widget gets"),
1095 GDK_TYPE_EVENT_MASK,
1097 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1098 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1100 g_param_spec_boolean ("no-show-all",
1102 P_("Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget"),
1104 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1107 * GtkWidget:has-tooltip:
1109 * Enables or disables the emission of #GtkWidget::query-tooltip on @widget.
1110 * A value of %TRUE indicates that @widget can have a tooltip, in this case
1111 * the widget will be queried using #GtkWidget::query-tooltip to determine
1112 * whether it will provide a tooltip or not.
1114 * Note that setting this property to %TRUE for the first time will change
1115 * the event masks of the GdkWindows of this widget to include leave-notify
1116 * and motion-notify events. This cannot and will not be undone when the
1117 * property is set to %FALSE again.
1121 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1123 g_param_spec_boolean ("has-tooltip",
1125 P_("Whether this widget has a tooltip"),
1127 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1129 * GtkWidget:tooltip-text:
1131 * Sets the text of tooltip to be the given string.
1133 * Also see gtk_tooltip_set_text().
1135 * This is a convenience property which will take care of getting the
1136 * tooltip shown if the given string is not %NULL: #GtkWidget:has-tooltip
1137 * will automatically be set to %TRUE and there will be taken care of
1138 * #GtkWidget::query-tooltip in the default signal handler.
1142 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1144 g_param_spec_string ("tooltip-text",
1146 P_("The contents of the tooltip for this widget"),
1148 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1150 * GtkWidget:tooltip-markup:
1152 * Sets the text of tooltip to be the given string, which is marked up
1153 * with the <link linkend="PangoMarkupFormat">Pango text markup language</link>.
1154 * Also see gtk_tooltip_set_markup().
1156 * This is a convenience property which will take care of getting the
1157 * tooltip shown if the given string is not %NULL: #GtkWidget:has-tooltip
1158 * will automatically be set to %TRUE and there will be taken care of
1159 * #GtkWidget::query-tooltip in the default signal handler.
1163 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1164 PROP_TOOLTIP_MARKUP,
1165 g_param_spec_string ("tooltip-markup",
1166 P_("Tooltip markup"),
1167 P_("The contents of the tooltip for this widget"),
1169 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1174 * The widget's window if it is realized, %NULL otherwise.
1178 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1180 g_param_spec_object ("window",
1182 P_("The widget's window if it is realized"),
1184 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
1187 * GtkWidget:double-buffered:
1189 * Whether the widget is double buffered.
1193 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1194 PROP_DOUBLE_BUFFERED,
1195 g_param_spec_boolean ("double-buffered",
1196 P_("Double Buffered"),
1197 P_("Whether the widget is double buffered"),
1199 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1204 * How to distribute horizontal space if widget gets extra space, see #GtkAlign
1208 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1210 g_param_spec_enum ("halign",
1211 P_("Horizontal Alignment"),
1212 P_("How to position in extra horizontal space"),
1215 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1220 * How to distribute vertical space if widget gets extra space, see #GtkAlign
1224 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1226 g_param_spec_enum ("valign",
1227 P_("Vertical Alignment"),
1228 P_("How to position in extra vertical space"),
1231 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1234 * GtkWidget:margin-left:
1236 * Margin on left side of widget.
1238 * This property adds margin outside of the widget's normal size
1239 * request, the margin will be added in addition to the size from
1240 * gtk_widget_set_size_request() for example.
1244 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1246 g_param_spec_int ("margin-left",
1247 P_("Margin on Left"),
1248 P_("Pixels of extra space on the left side"),
1252 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1255 * GtkWidget:margin-right:
1257 * Margin on right side of widget.
1259 * This property adds margin outside of the widget's normal size
1260 * request, the margin will be added in addition to the size from
1261 * gtk_widget_set_size_request() for example.
1265 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1267 g_param_spec_int ("margin-right",
1268 P_("Margin on Right"),
1269 P_("Pixels of extra space on the right side"),
1273 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1276 * GtkWidget:margin-top:
1278 * Margin on top side of widget.
1280 * This property adds margin outside of the widget's normal size
1281 * request, the margin will be added in addition to the size from
1282 * gtk_widget_set_size_request() for example.
1286 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1288 g_param_spec_int ("margin-top",
1289 P_("Margin on Top"),
1290 P_("Pixels of extra space on the top side"),
1294 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1297 * GtkWidget:margin-bottom:
1299 * Margin on bottom side of widget.
1301 * This property adds margin outside of the widget's normal size
1302 * request, the margin will be added in addition to the size from
1303 * gtk_widget_set_size_request() for example.
1307 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1309 g_param_spec_int ("margin-bottom",
1310 P_("Margin on Bottom"),
1311 P_("Pixels of extra space on the bottom side"),
1315 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1320 * Sets all four sides' margin at once. If read, returns max
1321 * margin on any side.
1325 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1327 g_param_spec_int ("margin",
1329 P_("Pixels of extra space on all four sides"),
1333 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1336 * GtkWidget::destroy:
1337 * @object: the object which received the signal
1339 * Signals that all holders of a reference to the widget should release
1340 * the reference that they hold. May result in finalization of the widget
1341 * if all references are released.
1343 widget_signals[DESTROY] =
1344 g_signal_new (I_("destroy"),
1345 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1346 G_SIGNAL_RUN_CLEANUP | G_SIGNAL_NO_RECURSE | G_SIGNAL_NO_HOOKS,
1347 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, destroy),
1349 _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
1353 * GtkWidget:hexpand:
1355 * Whether to expand horizontally. See gtk_widget_set_hexpand().
1359 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1361 g_param_spec_boolean ("hexpand",
1362 P_("Horizontal Expand"),
1363 P_("Whether widget wants more horizontal space"),
1365 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1368 * GtkWidget:hexpand-set:
1370 * Whether to use the #GtkWidget:hexpand property. See gtk_widget_get_hexpand_set().
1374 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1376 g_param_spec_boolean ("hexpand-set",
1377 P_("Horizontal Expand Set"),
1378 P_("Whether to use the hexpand property"),
1380 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1383 * GtkWidget:vexpand:
1385 * Whether to expand vertically. See gtk_widget_set_vexpand().
1389 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1391 g_param_spec_boolean ("vexpand",
1392 P_("Vertical Expand"),
1393 P_("Whether widget wants more vertical space"),
1395 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1398 * GtkWidget:vexpand-set:
1400 * Whether to use the #GtkWidget:vexpand property. See gtk_widget_get_vexpand_set().
1404 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1406 g_param_spec_boolean ("vexpand-set",
1407 P_("Vertical Expand Set"),
1408 P_("Whether to use the vexpand property"),
1410 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1415 * Whether to expand in both directions. Setting this sets both #GtkWidget:hexpand and #GtkWidget:vexpand
1419 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1421 g_param_spec_boolean ("expand",
1423 P_("Whether widget wants to expand in both directions"),
1425 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1429 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1431 widget_signals[SHOW] =
1432 g_signal_new (I_("show"),
1433 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1435 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, show),
1437 _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
1442 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1444 widget_signals[HIDE] =
1445 g_signal_new (I_("hide"),
1446 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1448 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, hide),
1450 _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
1455 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1457 widget_signals[MAP] =
1458 g_signal_new (I_("map"),
1459 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1461 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, map),
1463 _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
1468 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1470 widget_signals[UNMAP] =
1471 g_signal_new (I_("unmap"),
1472 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1474 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, unmap),
1476 _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
1480 * GtkWidget::realize:
1481 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1483 widget_signals[REALIZE] =
1484 g_signal_new (I_("realize"),
1485 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1487 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, realize),
1489 _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
1493 * GtkWidget::unrealize:
1494 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1496 widget_signals[UNREALIZE] =
1497 g_signal_new (I_("unrealize"),
1498 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1500 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, unrealize),
1502 _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
1506 * GtkWidget::size-allocate:
1507 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1510 widget_signals[SIZE_ALLOCATE] =
1511 g_signal_new (I_("size-allocate"),
1512 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1514 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, size_allocate),
1516 _gtk_marshal_VOID__BOXED,
1518 GDK_TYPE_RECTANGLE | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1521 * GtkWidget::state-changed:
1522 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1523 * @state: the previous state
1525 * The ::state-changed signal is emitted when the widget state changes.
1526 * See gtk_widget_get_state().
1528 * Deprecated: 3.0. Use #GtkWidget::state-flags-changed instead.
1530 widget_signals[STATE_CHANGED] =
1531 g_signal_new (I_("state-changed"),
1532 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1534 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, state_changed),
1536 _gtk_marshal_VOID__ENUM,
1538 GTK_TYPE_STATE_TYPE);
1541 * GtkWidget::state-flags-changed:
1542 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1543 * @flags: The previous state flags.
1545 * The ::state-flags-changed signal is emitted when the widget state
1546 * changes, see gtk_widget_get_state_flags().
1550 widget_signals[STATE_FLAGS_CHANGED] =
1551 g_signal_new (I_("state-flags-changed"),
1552 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1554 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, state_flags_changed),
1556 _gtk_marshal_VOID__FLAGS,
1558 GTK_TYPE_STATE_FLAGS);
1561 * GtkWidget::parent-set:
1562 * @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
1563 * @old_parent: (allow-none): the previous parent, or %NULL if the widget
1564 * just got its initial parent.
1566 * The ::parent-set signal is emitted when a new parent
1567 * has been set on a widget.
1569 widget_signals[PARENT_SET] =
1570 g_signal_new (I_("parent-set"),
1571 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1573 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, parent_set),
1575 _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
1580 * GtkWidget::hierarchy-changed:
1581 * @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
1582 * @previous_toplevel: (allow-none): the previous toplevel ancestor, or %NULL
1583 * if the widget was previously unanchored
1585 * The ::hierarchy-changed signal is emitted when the
1586 * anchored state of a widget changes. A widget is
1587 * <firstterm>anchored</firstterm> when its toplevel
1588 * ancestor is a #GtkWindow. This signal is emitted when
1589 * a widget changes from un-anchored to anchored or vice-versa.
1591 widget_signals[HIERARCHY_CHANGED] =
1592 g_signal_new (I_("hierarchy-changed"),
1593 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1595 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, hierarchy_changed),
1597 _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
1602 * GtkWidget::style-set:
1603 * @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
1604 * @previous_style: (allow-none): the previous style, or %NULL if the widget
1605 * just got its initial style
1607 * The ::style-set signal is emitted when a new style has been set
1608 * on a widget. Note that style-modifying functions like
1609 * gtk_widget_modify_base() also cause this signal to be emitted.
1611 * Note that this signal is emitted for changes to the deprecated
1612 * #GtkStyle. To track changes to the #GtkStyleContext associated
1613 * with a widget, use the #GtkWidget::style-updated signal.
1615 * Deprecated:3.0: Use the #GtkWidget::style-updated signal
1617 widget_signals[STYLE_SET] =
1618 g_signal_new (I_("style-set"),
1619 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1621 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, style_set),
1623 _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
1628 * GtkWidget::style-updated:
1629 * @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
1631 * The ::style-updated signal is emitted when the #GtkStyleContext
1632 * of a widget is changed. Note that style-modifying functions like
1633 * gtk_widget_override_color() also cause this signal to be emitted.
1637 widget_signals[STYLE_UPDATED] =
1638 g_signal_new (I_("style-updated"),
1639 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1641 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, style_updated),
1643 g_cclosure_marshal_VOID__VOID,
1647 * GtkWidget::direction-changed:
1648 * @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
1649 * @previous_direction: the previous text direction of @widget
1651 * The ::direction-changed signal is emitted when the text direction
1652 * of a widget changes.
1654 widget_signals[DIRECTION_CHANGED] =
1655 g_signal_new (I_("direction-changed"),
1656 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1658 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, direction_changed),
1660 _gtk_marshal_VOID__ENUM,
1662 GTK_TYPE_TEXT_DIRECTION);
1665 * GtkWidget::grab-notify:
1666 * @widget: the object which received the signal
1667 * @was_grabbed: %FALSE if the widget becomes shadowed, %TRUE
1668 * if it becomes unshadowed
1670 * The ::grab-notify signal is emitted when a widget becomes
1671 * shadowed by a GTK+ grab (not a pointer or keyboard grab) on
1672 * another widget, or when it becomes unshadowed due to a grab
1675 * A widget is shadowed by a gtk_grab_add() when the topmost
1676 * grab widget in the grab stack of its window group is not
1679 widget_signals[GRAB_NOTIFY] =
1680 g_signal_new (I_("grab-notify"),
1681 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1683 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, grab_notify),
1685 _gtk_marshal_VOID__BOOLEAN,
1690 * GtkWidget::child-notify:
1691 * @widget: the object which received the signal
1692 * @child_property: the #GParamSpec of the changed child property
1694 * The ::child-notify signal is emitted for each
1695 * <link linkend="child-properties">child property</link> that has
1696 * changed on an object. The signal's detail holds the property name.
1698 widget_signals[CHILD_NOTIFY] =
1699 g_signal_new (I_("child-notify"),
1700 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1701 G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST | G_SIGNAL_NO_RECURSE | G_SIGNAL_DETAILED | G_SIGNAL_NO_HOOKS,
1702 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, child_notify),
1704 g_cclosure_marshal_VOID__PARAM,
1710 * @widget: the object which received the signal
1711 * @cr: the cairo context to draw to
1713 * This signal is emitted when a widget is supposed to render itself.
1714 * The @widget's top left corner must be painted at the origin of
1715 * the passed in context and be sized to the values returned by
1716 * gtk_widget_get_allocated_width() and
1717 * gtk_widget_get_allocated_height().
1719 * Signal handlers connected to this signal can modify the cairo
1720 * context passed as @cr in any way they like and don't need to
1721 * restore it. The signal emission takes care of calling cairo_save()
1722 * before and cairo_restore() after invoking the handler.
1724 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
1725 % %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1729 widget_signals[DRAW] =
1730 g_signal_new (I_("draw"),
1731 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1733 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, draw),
1734 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1735 gtk_widget_draw_marshaller,
1737 CAIRO_GOBJECT_TYPE_CONTEXT);
1738 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[DRAW], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1739 gtk_widget_draw_marshallerv);
1742 * GtkWidget::mnemonic-activate:
1743 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1746 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
1747 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1749 widget_signals[MNEMONIC_ACTIVATE] =
1750 g_signal_new (I_("mnemonic-activate"),
1751 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1753 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, mnemonic_activate),
1754 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1755 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOOLEAN,
1760 * GtkWidget::grab-focus:
1761 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1763 widget_signals[GRAB_FOCUS] =
1764 g_signal_new (I_("grab-focus"),
1765 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1766 G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST | G_SIGNAL_ACTION,
1767 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, grab_focus),
1769 _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
1774 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1777 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event. %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1779 widget_signals[FOCUS] =
1780 g_signal_new (I_("focus"),
1781 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1783 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, focus),
1784 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1785 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__ENUM,
1787 GTK_TYPE_DIRECTION_TYPE);
1790 * GtkWidget::move-focus:
1791 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1794 widget_signals[MOVE_FOCUS] =
1795 g_signal_new (I_("move-focus"),
1796 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1797 G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST | G_SIGNAL_ACTION,
1798 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, move_focus),
1800 _gtk_marshal_VOID__ENUM,
1803 GTK_TYPE_DIRECTION_TYPE);
1806 * GtkWidget::keynav-failed:
1807 * @widget: the object which received the signal
1808 * @direction: the direction of movement
1810 * Gets emitted if keyboard navigation fails.
1811 * See gtk_widget_keynav_failed() for details.
1813 * Returns: %TRUE if stopping keyboard navigation is fine, %FALSE
1814 * if the emitting widget should try to handle the keyboard
1815 * navigation attempt in its parent container(s).
1819 widget_signals[KEYNAV_FAILED] =
1820 g_signal_new (I_("keynav-failed"),
1821 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1823 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, keynav_failed),
1824 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1825 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__ENUM,
1827 GTK_TYPE_DIRECTION_TYPE);
1831 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1832 * @event: the #GdkEvent which triggered this signal
1834 * The GTK+ main loop will emit three signals for each GDK event delivered
1835 * to a widget: one generic ::event signal, another, more specific,
1836 * signal that matches the type of event delivered (e.g.
1837 * #GtkWidget::key-press-event) and finally a generic
1838 * #GtkWidget::event-after signal.
1840 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event
1841 * and to cancel the emission of the second specific ::event signal.
1842 * %FALSE to propagate the event further and to allow the emission of
1843 * the second signal. The ::event-after signal is emitted regardless of
1846 widget_signals[EVENT] =
1847 g_signal_new (I_("event"),
1848 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1850 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, event),
1851 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1852 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
1854 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1855 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1856 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
1859 * GtkWidget::event-after:
1860 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1861 * @event: the #GdkEvent which triggered this signal
1863 * After the emission of the #GtkWidget::event signal and (optionally)
1864 * the second more specific signal, ::event-after will be emitted
1865 * regardless of the previous two signals handlers return values.
1868 widget_signals[EVENT_AFTER] =
1869 g_signal_new (I_("event-after"),
1870 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1874 _gtk_marshal_VOID__BOXED,
1876 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1877 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[EVENT_AFTER], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1878 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
1881 * GtkWidget::button-press-event:
1882 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1883 * @event: (type Gdk.EventButton): the #GdkEventButton which triggered
1886 * The ::button-press-event signal will be emitted when a button
1887 * (typically from a mouse) is pressed.
1889 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the
1890 * widget needs to enable the #GDK_BUTTON_PRESS_MASK mask.
1892 * This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
1894 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
1895 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1897 widget_signals[BUTTON_PRESS_EVENT] =
1898 g_signal_new (I_("button-press-event"),
1899 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1901 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, button_press_event),
1902 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1903 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
1905 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1906 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[BUTTON_PRESS_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1907 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
1910 * GtkWidget::button-release-event:
1911 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1912 * @event: (type Gdk.EventButton): the #GdkEventButton which triggered
1915 * The ::button-release-event signal will be emitted when a button
1916 * (typically from a mouse) is released.
1918 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the
1919 * widget needs to enable the #GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE_MASK mask.
1921 * This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
1923 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
1924 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1926 widget_signals[BUTTON_RELEASE_EVENT] =
1927 g_signal_new (I_("button-release-event"),
1928 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1930 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, button_release_event),
1931 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1932 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
1934 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1935 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[BUTTON_RELEASE_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1936 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
1938 widget_signals[TOUCH_EVENT] =
1939 g_signal_new (I_("touch-event"),
1940 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1942 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, touch_event),
1943 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1944 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
1946 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1947 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[TOUCH_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1948 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
1951 * GtkWidget::scroll-event:
1952 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1953 * @event: (type Gdk.EventScroll): the #GdkEventScroll which triggered
1956 * The ::scroll-event signal is emitted when a button in the 4 to 7
1957 * range is pressed. Wheel mice are usually configured to generate
1958 * button press events for buttons 4 and 5 when the wheel is turned.
1960 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
1961 * to enable the #GDK_SCROLL_MASK mask.
1963 * This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
1965 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
1966 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1968 widget_signals[SCROLL_EVENT] =
1969 g_signal_new (I_("scroll-event"),
1970 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1972 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, scroll_event),
1973 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1974 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
1976 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1977 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[SCROLL_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1978 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
1981 * GtkWidget::motion-notify-event:
1982 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1983 * @event: (type Gdk.EventMotion): the #GdkEventMotion which triggered
1986 * The ::motion-notify-event signal is emitted when the pointer moves
1987 * over the widget's #GdkWindow.
1989 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget
1990 * needs to enable the #GDK_POINTER_MOTION_MASK mask.
1992 * This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
1994 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
1995 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1997 widget_signals[MOTION_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
1998 g_signal_new (I_("motion-notify-event"),
1999 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2001 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, motion_notify_event),
2002 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2003 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2005 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2006 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[MOTION_NOTIFY_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2007 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2010 * GtkWidget::composited-changed:
2011 * @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
2013 * The ::composited-changed signal is emitted when the composited
2014 * status of @widget<!-- -->s screen changes.
2015 * See gdk_screen_is_composited().
2017 widget_signals[COMPOSITED_CHANGED] =
2018 g_signal_new (I_("composited-changed"),
2019 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2020 G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST | G_SIGNAL_ACTION,
2021 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, composited_changed),
2023 _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
2027 * GtkWidget::delete-event:
2028 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2029 * @event: the event which triggered this signal
2031 * The ::delete-event signal is emitted if a user requests that
2032 * a toplevel window is closed. The default handler for this signal
2033 * destroys the window. Connecting gtk_widget_hide_on_delete() to
2034 * this signal will cause the window to be hidden instead, so that
2035 * it can later be shown again without reconstructing it.
2037 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2038 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2040 widget_signals[DELETE_EVENT] =
2041 g_signal_new (I_("delete-event"),
2042 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2044 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, delete_event),
2045 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2046 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2048 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2049 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[DELETE_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2050 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2053 * GtkWidget::destroy-event:
2054 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
2055 * @event: the event which triggered this signal
2057 * The ::destroy-event signal is emitted when a #GdkWindow is destroyed.
2058 * You rarely get this signal, because most widgets disconnect themselves
2059 * from their window before they destroy it, so no widget owns the
2060 * window at destroy time.
2062 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2063 * to enable the #GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK mask. GDK will enable this mask
2064 * automatically for all new windows.
2066 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2067 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2069 widget_signals[DESTROY_EVENT] =
2070 g_signal_new (I_("destroy-event"),
2071 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2073 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, destroy_event),
2074 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2075 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2077 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2078 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[DESTROY_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2079 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2082 * GtkWidget::key-press-event:
2083 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2084 * @event: (type Gdk.EventKey): the #GdkEventKey which triggered this signal.
2086 * The ::key-press-event signal is emitted when a key is pressed. The signal
2087 * emission will reoccur at the key-repeat rate when the key is kept pressed.
2089 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2090 * to enable the #GDK_KEY_PRESS_MASK mask.
2092 * This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
2094 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2095 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2097 widget_signals[KEY_PRESS_EVENT] =
2098 g_signal_new (I_("key-press-event"),
2099 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2101 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, key_press_event),
2102 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2103 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2105 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2106 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[KEY_PRESS_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2107 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2110 * GtkWidget::key-release-event:
2111 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2112 * @event: (type Gdk.EventKey): the #GdkEventKey which triggered this signal.
2114 * The ::key-release-event signal is emitted when a key is released.
2116 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2117 * to enable the #GDK_KEY_RELEASE_MASK mask.
2119 * This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
2121 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2122 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2124 widget_signals[KEY_RELEASE_EVENT] =
2125 g_signal_new (I_("key-release-event"),
2126 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2128 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, key_release_event),
2129 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2130 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2132 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2133 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[KEY_RELEASE_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2134 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2137 * GtkWidget::enter-notify-event:
2138 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2139 * @event: (type Gdk.EventCrossing): the #GdkEventCrossing which triggered
2142 * The ::enter-notify-event will be emitted when the pointer enters
2143 * the @widget's window.
2145 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2146 * to enable the #GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY_MASK mask.
2148 * This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
2150 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2151 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2153 widget_signals[ENTER_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
2154 g_signal_new (I_("enter-notify-event"),
2155 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2157 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, enter_notify_event),
2158 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2159 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2161 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2162 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[ENTER_NOTIFY_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2163 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2166 * GtkWidget::leave-notify-event:
2167 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2168 * @event: (type Gdk.EventCrossing): the #GdkEventCrossing which triggered
2171 * The ::leave-notify-event will be emitted when the pointer leaves
2172 * the @widget's window.
2174 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2175 * to enable the #GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY_MASK mask.
2177 * This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
2179 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2180 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2182 widget_signals[LEAVE_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
2183 g_signal_new (I_("leave-notify-event"),
2184 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2186 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, leave_notify_event),
2187 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2188 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2190 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2191 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[LEAVE_NOTIFY_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2192 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2195 * GtkWidget::configure-event:
2196 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2197 * @event: (type Gdk.EventConfigure): the #GdkEventConfigure which triggered
2200 * The ::configure-event signal will be emitted when the size, position or
2201 * stacking of the @widget's window has changed.
2203 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2204 * to enable the #GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK mask. GDK will enable this mask
2205 * automatically for all new windows.
2207 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2208 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2210 widget_signals[CONFIGURE_EVENT] =
2211 g_signal_new (I_("configure-event"),
2212 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2214 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, configure_event),
2215 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2216 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2218 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2219 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[CONFIGURE_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2220 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2223 * GtkWidget::focus-in-event:
2224 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2225 * @event: (type Gdk.EventFocus): the #GdkEventFocus which triggered
2228 * The ::focus-in-event signal will be emitted when the keyboard focus
2229 * enters the @widget's window.
2231 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2232 * to enable the #GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE_MASK mask.
2234 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2235 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2237 widget_signals[FOCUS_IN_EVENT] =
2238 g_signal_new (I_("focus-in-event"),
2239 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2241 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, focus_in_event),
2242 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2243 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2245 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2246 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[FOCUS_IN_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2247 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2250 * GtkWidget::focus-out-event:
2251 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2252 * @event: (type Gdk.EventFocus): the #GdkEventFocus which triggered this
2255 * The ::focus-out-event signal will be emitted when the keyboard focus
2256 * leaves the @widget's window.
2258 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2259 * to enable the #GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE_MASK mask.
2261 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2262 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2264 widget_signals[FOCUS_OUT_EVENT] =
2265 g_signal_new (I_("focus-out-event"),
2266 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2268 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, focus_out_event),
2269 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2270 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2272 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2273 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[FOCUS_OUT_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2274 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2277 * GtkWidget::map-event:
2278 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2279 * @event: (type Gdk.EventAny): the #GdkEventAny which triggered this signal.
2281 * The ::map-event signal will be emitted when the @widget's window is
2282 * mapped. A window is mapped when it becomes visible on the screen.
2284 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2285 * to enable the #GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK mask. GDK will enable this mask
2286 * automatically for all new windows.
2288 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2289 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2291 widget_signals[MAP_EVENT] =
2292 g_signal_new (I_("map-event"),
2293 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2295 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, map_event),
2296 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2297 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2299 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2300 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[MAP_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2301 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2304 * GtkWidget::unmap-event:
2305 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2306 * @event: (type Gdk.EventAny): the #GdkEventAny which triggered this signal
2308 * The ::unmap-event signal will be emitted when the @widget's window is
2309 * unmapped. A window is unmapped when it becomes invisible on the screen.
2311 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2312 * to enable the #GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK mask. GDK will enable this mask
2313 * automatically for all new windows.
2315 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2316 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2318 widget_signals[UNMAP_EVENT] =
2319 g_signal_new (I_("unmap-event"),
2320 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2322 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, unmap_event),
2323 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2324 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2326 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2327 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[UNMAP_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2328 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2331 * GtkWidget::property-notify-event:
2332 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2333 * @event: (type Gdk.EventProperty): the #GdkEventProperty which triggered
2336 * The ::property-notify-event signal will be emitted when a property on
2337 * the @widget's window has been changed or deleted.
2339 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2340 * to enable the #GDK_PROPERTY_CHANGE_MASK mask.
2342 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2343 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2345 widget_signals[PROPERTY_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
2346 g_signal_new (I_("property-notify-event"),
2347 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2349 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, property_notify_event),
2350 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2351 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2353 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2354 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[PROPERTY_NOTIFY_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2355 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2358 * GtkWidget::selection-clear-event:
2359 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2360 * @event: (type Gdk.EventSelection): the #GdkEventSelection which triggered
2363 * The ::selection-clear-event signal will be emitted when the
2364 * the @widget's window has lost ownership of a selection.
2366 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2367 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2369 widget_signals[SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT] =
2370 g_signal_new (I_("selection-clear-event"),
2371 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2373 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, selection_clear_event),
2374 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2375 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2377 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2378 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2379 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2382 * GtkWidget::selection-request-event:
2383 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2384 * @event: (type Gdk.EventSelection): the #GdkEventSelection which triggered
2387 * The ::selection-request-event signal will be emitted when
2388 * another client requests ownership of the selection owned by
2389 * the @widget's window.
2391 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2392 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2394 widget_signals[SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT] =
2395 g_signal_new (I_("selection-request-event"),
2396 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2398 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, selection_request_event),
2399 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2400 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2402 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2403 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2404 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2407 * GtkWidget::selection-notify-event:
2408 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
2409 * @event: (type Gdk.EventSelection):
2411 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event. %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2413 widget_signals[SELECTION_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
2414 g_signal_new (I_("selection-notify-event"),
2415 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2417 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, selection_notify_event),
2418 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2419 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2421 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2422 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[SELECTION_NOTIFY_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2423 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2426 * GtkWidget::selection-received:
2427 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
2431 widget_signals[SELECTION_RECEIVED] =
2432 g_signal_new (I_("selection-received"),
2433 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2435 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, selection_received),
2437 _gtk_marshal_VOID__BOXED_UINT,
2439 GTK_TYPE_SELECTION_DATA | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE,
2443 * GtkWidget::selection-get:
2444 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
2449 widget_signals[SELECTION_GET] =
2450 g_signal_new (I_("selection-get"),
2451 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2453 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, selection_get),
2455 _gtk_marshal_VOID__BOXED_UINT_UINT,
2457 GTK_TYPE_SELECTION_DATA | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE,
2462 * GtkWidget::proximity-in-event:
2463 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2464 * @event: (type Gdk.EventProximity): the #GdkEventProximity which triggered
2467 * To receive this signal the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2468 * to enable the #GDK_PROXIMITY_IN_MASK mask.
2470 * This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
2472 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2473 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2475 widget_signals[PROXIMITY_IN_EVENT] =
2476 g_signal_new (I_("proximity-in-event"),
2477 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2479 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, proximity_in_event),
2480 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2481 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2483 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2484 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[PROXIMITY_IN_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2485 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2488 * GtkWidget::proximity-out-event:
2489 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2490 * @event: (type Gdk.EventProximity): the #GdkEventProximity which triggered
2493 * To receive this signal the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2494 * to enable the #GDK_PROXIMITY_OUT_MASK mask.
2496 * This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
2498 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2499 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2501 widget_signals[PROXIMITY_OUT_EVENT] =
2502 g_signal_new (I_("proximity-out-event"),
2503 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2505 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, proximity_out_event),
2506 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2507 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2509 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2510 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[PROXIMITY_OUT_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2511 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2514 * GtkWidget::drag-leave:
2515 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
2516 * @context: the drag context
2517 * @time: the timestamp of the motion event
2519 * The ::drag-leave signal is emitted on the drop site when the cursor
2520 * leaves the widget. A typical reason to connect to this signal is to
2521 * undo things done in #GtkWidget::drag-motion, e.g. undo highlighting
2522 * with gtk_drag_unhighlight()
2524 widget_signals[DRAG_LEAVE] =
2525 g_signal_new (I_("drag-leave"),
2526 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2528 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_leave),
2530 _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT_UINT,
2532 GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
2536 * GtkWidget::drag-begin:
2537 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2538 * @context: the drag context
2540 * The ::drag-begin signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag is
2541 * started. A typical reason to connect to this signal is to set up a
2542 * custom drag icon with e.g. gtk_drag_source_set_icon_pixbuf().
2544 * Note that some widgets set up a drag icon in the default handler of
2545 * this signal, so you may have to use g_signal_connect_after() to
2546 * override what the default handler did.
2548 widget_signals[DRAG_BEGIN] =
2549 g_signal_new (I_("drag-begin"),
2550 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2552 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_begin),
2554 _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
2556 GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT);
2559 * GtkWidget::drag-end:
2560 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2561 * @context: the drag context
2563 * The ::drag-end signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag is
2564 * finished. A typical reason to connect to this signal is to undo
2565 * things done in #GtkWidget::drag-begin.
2567 widget_signals[DRAG_END] =
2568 g_signal_new (I_("drag-end"),
2569 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2571 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_end),
2573 _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
2575 GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT);
2578 * GtkWidget::drag-data-delete:
2579 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2580 * @context: the drag context
2582 * The ::drag-data-delete signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag
2583 * with the action %GDK_ACTION_MOVE is successfully completed. The signal
2584 * handler is responsible for deleting the data that has been dropped. What
2585 * "delete" means depends on the context of the drag operation.
2587 widget_signals[DRAG_DATA_DELETE] =
2588 g_signal_new (I_("drag-data-delete"),
2589 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2591 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_data_delete),
2593 _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
2595 GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT);
2598 * GtkWidget::drag-failed:
2599 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2600 * @context: the drag context
2601 * @result: the result of the drag operation
2603 * The ::drag-failed signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag has
2604 * failed. The signal handler may hook custom code to handle a failed DND
2605 * operation based on the type of error, it returns %TRUE is the failure has
2606 * been already handled (not showing the default "drag operation failed"
2607 * animation), otherwise it returns %FALSE.
2609 * Return value: %TRUE if the failed drag operation has been already handled.
2613 widget_signals[DRAG_FAILED] =
2614 g_signal_new (I_("drag-failed"),
2615 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2617 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_failed),
2618 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2619 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__OBJECT_ENUM,
2621 GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
2622 GTK_TYPE_DRAG_RESULT);
2625 * GtkWidget::drag-motion:
2626 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2627 * @context: the drag context
2628 * @x: the x coordinate of the current cursor position
2629 * @y: the y coordinate of the current cursor position
2630 * @time: the timestamp of the motion event
2632 * The ::drag-motion signal is emitted on the drop site when the user
2633 * moves the cursor over the widget during a drag. The signal handler
2634 * must determine whether the cursor position is in a drop zone or not.
2635 * If it is not in a drop zone, it returns %FALSE and no further processing
2636 * is necessary. Otherwise, the handler returns %TRUE. In this case, the
2637 * handler is responsible for providing the necessary information for
2638 * displaying feedback to the user, by calling gdk_drag_status().
2640 * If the decision whether the drop will be accepted or rejected can't be
2641 * made based solely on the cursor position and the type of the data, the
2642 * handler may inspect the dragged data by calling gtk_drag_get_data() and
2643 * defer the gdk_drag_status() call to the #GtkWidget::drag-data-received
2644 * handler. Note that you cannot not pass #GTK_DEST_DEFAULT_DROP,
2645 * #GTK_DEST_DEFAULT_MOTION or #GTK_DEST_DEFAULT_ALL to gtk_drag_dest_set()
2646 * when using the drag-motion signal that way.
2648 * Also note that there is no drag-enter signal. The drag receiver has to
2649 * keep track of whether he has received any drag-motion signals since the
2650 * last #GtkWidget::drag-leave and if not, treat the drag-motion signal as
2651 * an "enter" signal. Upon an "enter", the handler will typically highlight
2652 * the drop site with gtk_drag_highlight().
2655 * drag_motion (GtkWidget *widget,
2656 * GdkDragContext *context,
2663 * PrivateData *private_data = GET_PRIVATE_DATA (widget);
2665 * if (!private_data->drag_highlight)
2667 * private_data->drag_highlight = 1;
2668 * gtk_drag_highlight (widget);
2671 * target = gtk_drag_dest_find_target (widget, context, NULL);
2672 * if (target == GDK_NONE)
2673 * gdk_drag_status (context, 0, time);
2676 * private_data->pending_status = gdk_drag_context_get_suggested_action (context);
2677 * gtk_drag_get_data (widget, context, target, time);
2684 * drag_data_received (GtkWidget *widget,
2685 * GdkDragContext *context,
2688 * GtkSelectionData *selection_data,
2692 * PrivateData *private_data = GET_PRIVATE_DATA (widget);
2694 * if (private_data->suggested_action)
2696 * private_data->suggested_action = 0;
2698 * /* We are getting this data due to a request in drag_motion,
2699 * * rather than due to a request in drag_drop, so we are just
2700 * * supposed to call gdk_drag_status(), not actually paste in
2703 * str = gtk_selection_data_get_text (selection_data);
2704 * if (!data_is_acceptable (str))
2705 * gdk_drag_status (context, 0, time);
2707 * gdk_drag_status (context, private_data->suggested_action, time);
2711 * /* accept the drop */
2716 * Returns: whether the cursor position is in a drop zone
2718 widget_signals[DRAG_MOTION] =
2719 g_signal_new (I_("drag-motion"),
2720 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2722 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_motion),
2723 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2724 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__OBJECT_INT_INT_UINT,
2726 GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
2732 * GtkWidget::drag-drop:
2733 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2734 * @context: the drag context
2735 * @x: the x coordinate of the current cursor position
2736 * @y: the y coordinate of the current cursor position
2737 * @time: the timestamp of the motion event
2739 * The ::drag-drop signal is emitted on the drop site when the user drops
2740 * the data onto the widget. The signal handler must determine whether
2741 * the cursor position is in a drop zone or not. If it is not in a drop
2742 * zone, it returns %FALSE and no further processing is necessary.
2743 * Otherwise, the handler returns %TRUE. In this case, the handler must
2744 * ensure that gtk_drag_finish() is called to let the source know that
2745 * the drop is done. The call to gtk_drag_finish() can be done either
2746 * directly or in a #GtkWidget::drag-data-received handler which gets
2747 * triggered by calling gtk_drag_get_data() to receive the data for one
2748 * or more of the supported targets.
2750 * Returns: whether the cursor position is in a drop zone
2752 widget_signals[DRAG_DROP] =
2753 g_signal_new (I_("drag-drop"),
2754 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2756 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_drop),
2757 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2758 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__OBJECT_INT_INT_UINT,
2760 GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
2766 * GtkWidget::drag-data-get:
2767 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2768 * @context: the drag context
2769 * @data: the #GtkSelectionData to be filled with the dragged data
2770 * @info: the info that has been registered with the target in the
2772 * @time: the timestamp at which the data was requested
2774 * The ::drag-data-get signal is emitted on the drag source when the drop
2775 * site requests the data which is dragged. It is the responsibility of
2776 * the signal handler to fill @data with the data in the format which
2777 * is indicated by @info. See gtk_selection_data_set() and
2778 * gtk_selection_data_set_text().
2780 widget_signals[DRAG_DATA_GET] =
2781 g_signal_new (I_("drag-data-get"),
2782 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2784 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_data_get),
2786 _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT_BOXED_UINT_UINT,
2788 GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
2789 GTK_TYPE_SELECTION_DATA | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE,
2794 * GtkWidget::drag-data-received:
2795 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2796 * @context: the drag context
2797 * @x: where the drop happened
2798 * @y: where the drop happened
2799 * @data: the received data
2800 * @info: the info that has been registered with the target in the
2802 * @time: the timestamp at which the data was received
2804 * The ::drag-data-received signal is emitted on the drop site when the
2805 * dragged data has been received. If the data was received in order to
2806 * determine whether the drop will be accepted, the handler is expected
2807 * to call gdk_drag_status() and <emphasis>not</emphasis> finish the drag.
2808 * If the data was received in response to a #GtkWidget::drag-drop signal
2809 * (and this is the last target to be received), the handler for this
2810 * signal is expected to process the received data and then call
2811 * gtk_drag_finish(), setting the @success parameter depending on
2812 * whether the data was processed successfully.
2814 * The handler may inspect the selected action with
2815 * gdk_drag_context_get_selected_action() before calling
2816 * gtk_drag_finish(), e.g. to implement %GDK_ACTION_ASK as
2817 * shown in the following example:
2820 * drag_data_received (GtkWidget *widget,
2821 * GdkDragContext *context,
2824 * GtkSelectionData *data,
2828 * if ((data->length >= 0) && (data->format == 8))
2830 * GdkDragAction action;
2832 * /* handle data here */
2834 * action = gdk_drag_context_get_selected_action (context);
2835 * if (action == GDK_ACTION_ASK)
2837 * GtkWidget *dialog;
2840 * dialog = gtk_message_dialog_new (NULL,
2841 * GTK_DIALOG_MODAL |
2842 * GTK_DIALOG_DESTROY_WITH_PARENT,
2844 * GTK_BUTTONS_YES_NO,
2845 * "Move the data ?\n");
2846 * response = gtk_dialog_run (GTK_DIALOG (dialog));
2847 * gtk_widget_destroy (dialog);
2849 * if (response == GTK_RESPONSE_YES)
2850 * action = GDK_ACTION_MOVE;
2852 * action = GDK_ACTION_COPY;
2855 * gtk_drag_finish (context, TRUE, action == GDK_ACTION_MOVE, time);
2858 * gtk_drag_finish (context, FALSE, FALSE, time);
2862 widget_signals[DRAG_DATA_RECEIVED] =
2863 g_signal_new (I_("drag-data-received"),
2864 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2866 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_data_received),
2868 _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT_INT_INT_BOXED_UINT_UINT,
2870 GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
2873 GTK_TYPE_SELECTION_DATA | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE,
2878 * GtkWidget::visibility-notify-event:
2879 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2880 * @event: (type Gdk.EventVisibility): the #GdkEventVisibility which
2881 * triggered this signal.
2883 * The ::visibility-notify-event will be emitted when the @widget's window
2884 * is obscured or unobscured.
2886 * To receive this signal the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2887 * to enable the #GDK_VISIBILITY_NOTIFY_MASK mask.
2889 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2890 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2892 widget_signals[VISIBILITY_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
2893 g_signal_new (I_("visibility-notify-event"),
2894 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2896 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, visibility_notify_event),
2897 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2898 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2900 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2903 * GtkWidget::window-state-event:
2904 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2905 * @event: (type Gdk.EventWindowState): the #GdkEventWindowState which
2906 * triggered this signal.
2908 * The ::window-state-event will be emitted when the state of the
2909 * toplevel window associated to the @widget changes.
2911 * To receive this signal the #GdkWindow associated to the widget
2912 * needs to enable the #GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK mask. GDK will enable
2913 * this mask automatically for all new windows.
2915 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the
2916 * event. %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2918 widget_signals[WINDOW_STATE_EVENT] =
2919 g_signal_new (I_("window-state-event"),
2920 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2922 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, window_state_event),
2923 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2924 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2926 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2927 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[WINDOW_STATE_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2928 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2931 * GtkWidget::damage-event:
2932 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2933 * @event: (type Gdk.EventExpose): the #GdkEventExpose event
2935 * Emitted when a redirected window belonging to @widget gets drawn into.
2936 * The region/area members of the event shows what area of the redirected
2937 * drawable was drawn into.
2939 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2940 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2944 widget_signals[DAMAGE_EVENT] =
2945 g_signal_new (I_("damage-event"),
2946 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2948 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, damage_event),
2949 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2950 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2952 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2953 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[DAMAGE_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2954 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2957 * GtkWidget::grab-broken-event:
2958 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2959 * @event: (type Gdk.EventGrabBroken): the #GdkEventGrabBroken event
2961 * Emitted when a pointer or keyboard grab on a window belonging
2962 * to @widget gets broken.
2964 * On X11, this happens when the grab window becomes unviewable
2965 * (i.e. it or one of its ancestors is unmapped), or if the same
2966 * application grabs the pointer or keyboard again.
2968 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for
2969 * the event. %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2973 widget_signals[GRAB_BROKEN_EVENT] =
2974 g_signal_new (I_("grab-broken-event"),
2975 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2977 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, grab_broken_event),
2978 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2979 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2981 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2982 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[GRAB_BROKEN_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2983 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2986 * GtkWidget::query-tooltip:
2987 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2988 * @x: the x coordinate of the cursor position where the request has
2989 * been emitted, relative to @widget's left side
2990 * @y: the y coordinate of the cursor position where the request has
2991 * been emitted, relative to @widget's top
2992 * @keyboard_mode: %TRUE if the tooltip was trigged using the keyboard
2993 * @tooltip: a #GtkTooltip
2995 * Emitted when #GtkWidget:has-tooltip is %TRUE and the #GtkSettings:gtk-tooltip-timeout
2996 * has expired with the cursor hovering "above" @widget; or emitted when @widget got
2997 * focus in keyboard mode.
2999 * Using the given coordinates, the signal handler should determine
3000 * whether a tooltip should be shown for @widget. If this is the case
3001 * %TRUE should be returned, %FALSE otherwise. Note that if
3002 * @keyboard_mode is %TRUE, the values of @x and @y are undefined and
3003 * should not be used.
3005 * The signal handler is free to manipulate @tooltip with the therefore
3006 * destined function calls.
3008 * Returns: %TRUE if @tooltip should be shown right now, %FALSE otherwise.
3012 widget_signals[QUERY_TOOLTIP] =
3013 g_signal_new (I_("query-tooltip"),
3014 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
3016 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, query_tooltip),
3017 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
3018 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__INT_INT_BOOLEAN_OBJECT,
3026 * GtkWidget::popup-menu:
3027 * @widget: the object which received the signal
3029 * This signal gets emitted whenever a widget should pop up a context
3030 * menu. This usually happens through the standard key binding mechanism;
3031 * by pressing a certain key while a widget is focused, the user can cause
3032 * the widget to pop up a menu. For example, the #GtkEntry widget creates
3033 * a menu with clipboard commands. See <xref linkend="checklist-popup-menu"/>
3034 * for an example of how to use this signal.
3036 * Returns: %TRUE if a menu was activated
3038 widget_signals[POPUP_MENU] =
3039 g_signal_new (I_("popup-menu"),
3040 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
3041 G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST | G_SIGNAL_ACTION,
3042 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, popup_menu),
3043 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
3044 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__VOID,
3048 * GtkWidget::show-help:
3049 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
3052 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
3053 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
3055 widget_signals[SHOW_HELP] =
3056 g_signal_new (I_("show-help"),
3057 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
3058 G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST | G_SIGNAL_ACTION,
3059 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, show_help),
3060 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
3061 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__ENUM,
3063 GTK_TYPE_WIDGET_HELP_TYPE);
3066 * GtkWidget::accel-closures-changed:
3067 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
3069 widget_signals[ACCEL_CLOSURES_CHANGED] =
3070 g_signal_new (I_("accel-closures-changed"),
3071 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
3075 _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
3079 * GtkWidget::screen-changed:
3080 * @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
3081 * @previous_screen: (allow-none): the previous screen, or %NULL if the
3082 * widget was not associated with a screen before
3084 * The ::screen-changed signal gets emitted when the
3085 * screen of a widget has changed.
3087 widget_signals[SCREEN_CHANGED] =
3088 g_signal_new (I_("screen-changed"),
3089 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
3091 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, screen_changed),
3093 _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
3098 * GtkWidget::can-activate-accel:
3099 * @widget: the object which received the signal
3100 * @signal_id: the ID of a signal installed on @widget
3102 * Determines whether an accelerator that activates the signal
3103 * identified by @signal_id can currently be activated.
3104 * This signal is present to allow applications and derived
3105 * widgets to override the default #GtkWidget handling
3106 * for determining whether an accelerator can be activated.
3108 * Returns: %TRUE if the signal can be activated.
3110 widget_signals[CAN_ACTIVATE_ACCEL] =
3111 g_signal_new (I_("can-activate-accel"),
3112 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
3114 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, can_activate_accel),
3115 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
3116 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__UINT,
3117 G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1, G_TYPE_UINT);
3119 binding_set = gtk_binding_set_by_class (klass);
3120 gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_KEY_F10, GDK_SHIFT_MASK,
3122 gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_KEY_Menu, 0,
3125 gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_KEY_F1, GDK_CONTROL_MASK,
3127 GTK_TYPE_WIDGET_HELP_TYPE,
3128 GTK_WIDGET_HELP_TOOLTIP);
3129 gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_KEY_KP_F1, GDK_CONTROL_MASK,
3131 GTK_TYPE_WIDGET_HELP_TYPE,
3132 GTK_WIDGET_HELP_TOOLTIP);
3133 gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_KEY_F1, GDK_SHIFT_MASK,
3135 GTK_TYPE_WIDGET_HELP_TYPE,
3136 GTK_WIDGET_HELP_WHATS_THIS);
3137 gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_KEY_KP_F1, GDK_SHIFT_MASK,
3139 GTK_TYPE_WIDGET_HELP_TYPE,
3140 GTK_WIDGET_HELP_WHATS_THIS);
3142 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3143 g_param_spec_boolean ("interior-focus",
3144 P_("Interior Focus"),
3145 P_("Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets"),
3147 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3149 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3150 g_param_spec_int ("focus-line-width",
3151 P_("Focus linewidth"),
3152 P_("Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line"),
3154 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3156 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3157 g_param_spec_string ("focus-line-pattern",
3158 P_("Focus line dash pattern"),
3159 P_("Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator"),
3161 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3162 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3163 g_param_spec_int ("focus-padding",
3164 P_("Focus padding"),
3165 P_("Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'"),
3167 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3168 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3169 g_param_spec_boxed ("cursor-color",
3171 P_("Color with which to draw insertion cursor"),
3173 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3174 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3175 g_param_spec_boxed ("secondary-cursor-color",
3176 P_("Secondary cursor color"),
3177 P_("Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed right-to-left and left-to-right text"),
3179 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3180 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3181 g_param_spec_float ("cursor-aspect-ratio",
3182 P_("Cursor line aspect ratio"),
3183 P_("Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor"),
3185 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3187 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3188 g_param_spec_boolean ("window-dragging",
3189 P_("Window dragging"),
3190 P_("Whether windows can be dragged by clicking on empty areas"),
3192 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3195 * GtkWidget:link-color:
3197 * The "link-color" style property defines the color of unvisited links.
3201 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3202 g_param_spec_boxed ("link-color",
3203 P_("Unvisited Link Color"),
3204 P_("Color of unvisited links"),
3206 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3209 * GtkWidget:visited-link-color:
3211 * The "visited-link-color" style property defines the color of visited links.
3215 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3216 g_param_spec_boxed ("visited-link-color",
3217 P_("Visited Link Color"),
3218 P_("Color of visited links"),
3220 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3223 * GtkWidget:wide-separators:
3225 * The "wide-separators" style property defines whether separators have
3226 * configurable width and should be drawn using a box instead of a line.
3230 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3231 g_param_spec_boolean ("wide-separators",
3232 P_("Wide Separators"),
3233 P_("Whether separators have configurable width and should be drawn using a box instead of a line"),
3235 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3238 * GtkWidget:separator-width:
3240 * The "separator-width" style property defines the width of separators.
3241 * This property only takes effect if #GtkWidget:wide-separators is %TRUE.
3245 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3246 g_param_spec_int ("separator-width",
3247 P_("Separator Width"),
3248 P_("The width of separators if wide-separators is TRUE"),
3250 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3253 * GtkWidget:separator-height:
3255 * The "separator-height" style property defines the height of separators.
3256 * This property only takes effect if #GtkWidget:wide-separators is %TRUE.
3260 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3261 g_param_spec_int ("separator-height",
3262 P_("Separator Height"),
3263 P_("The height of separators if \"wide-separators\" is TRUE"),
3265 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3268 * GtkWidget:scroll-arrow-hlength:
3270 * The "scroll-arrow-hlength" style property defines the length of
3271 * horizontal scroll arrows.
3275 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3276 g_param_spec_int ("scroll-arrow-hlength",
3277 P_("Horizontal Scroll Arrow Length"),
3278 P_("The length of horizontal scroll arrows"),
3280 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3283 * GtkWidget:scroll-arrow-vlength:
3285 * The "scroll-arrow-vlength" style property defines the length of
3286 * vertical scroll arrows.
3290 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3291 g_param_spec_int ("scroll-arrow-vlength",
3292 P_("Vertical Scroll Arrow Length"),
3293 P_("The length of vertical scroll arrows"),
3295 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3297 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3298 g_param_spec_int ("text-handle-width",
3299 P_("Width of text selection handles"),
3300 P_("Width of text selection handles"),
3302 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3303 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3304 g_param_spec_int ("text-handle-height",
3305 P_("Height of text selection handles"),
3306 P_("Height of text selection handles"),
3308 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3310 g_type_class_add_private (klass, sizeof (GtkWidgetPrivate));
3312 gtk_widget_class_set_accessible_type (klass, GTK_TYPE_WIDGET_ACCESSIBLE);
3316 gtk_widget_base_class_finalize (GtkWidgetClass *klass)
3320 list = g_param_spec_pool_list_owned (style_property_spec_pool, G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (klass));
3321 for (node = list; node; node = node->next)
3323 GParamSpec *pspec = node->data;
3325 g_param_spec_pool_remove (style_property_spec_pool, pspec);
3326 g_param_spec_unref (pspec);
3332 gtk_widget_set_property (GObject *object,
3334 const GValue *value,
3337 GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
3342 gchar *tooltip_markup;
3343 const gchar *tooltip_text;
3344 GtkWindow *tooltip_window;
3347 gtk_widget_set_name (widget, g_value_get_string (value));
3350 gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (g_value_get_object (value)), widget);
3352 case PROP_WIDTH_REQUEST:
3353 gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (widget, g_value_get_int (value), -2, 0);
3355 case PROP_HEIGHT_REQUEST:
3356 gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (widget, -2, g_value_get_int (value), 0);
3359 gtk_widget_set_visible (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3361 case PROP_SENSITIVE:
3362 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3364 case PROP_APP_PAINTABLE:
3365 gtk_widget_set_app_paintable (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3367 case PROP_CAN_FOCUS:
3368 gtk_widget_set_can_focus (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3370 case PROP_HAS_FOCUS:
3371 if (g_value_get_boolean (value))
3372 gtk_widget_grab_focus (widget);
3375 if (g_value_get_boolean (value))
3376 gtk_widget_grab_focus (widget);
3378 case PROP_CAN_DEFAULT:
3379 gtk_widget_set_can_default (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3381 case PROP_HAS_DEFAULT:
3382 if (g_value_get_boolean (value))
3383 gtk_widget_grab_default (widget);
3385 case PROP_RECEIVES_DEFAULT:
3386 gtk_widget_set_receives_default (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3389 gtk_widget_set_style (widget, g_value_get_object (value));
3392 if (!gtk_widget_get_realized (widget) && gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
3393 gtk_widget_set_events (widget, g_value_get_flags (value));
3395 case PROP_NO_SHOW_ALL:
3396 gtk_widget_set_no_show_all (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3398 case PROP_HAS_TOOLTIP:
3399 gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (widget,
3400 g_value_get_boolean (value), FALSE);
3402 case PROP_TOOLTIP_MARKUP:
3403 tooltip_window = g_object_get_qdata (object, quark_tooltip_window);
3404 tooltip_markup = g_value_dup_string (value);
3406 /* Treat an empty string as a NULL string,
3407 * because an empty string would be useless for a tooltip:
3409 if (tooltip_markup && (strlen (tooltip_markup) == 0))
3411 g_free (tooltip_markup);
3412 tooltip_markup = NULL;
3415 g_object_set_qdata_full (object, quark_tooltip_markup,
3416 tooltip_markup, g_free);
3418 tmp = (tooltip_window != NULL || tooltip_markup != NULL);
3419 gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (widget, tmp, FALSE);
3420 if (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
3421 gtk_widget_queue_tooltip_query (widget);
3423 case PROP_TOOLTIP_TEXT:
3424 tooltip_window = g_object_get_qdata (object, quark_tooltip_window);
3426 tooltip_text = g_value_get_string (value);
3428 /* Treat an empty string as a NULL string,
3429 * because an empty string would be useless for a tooltip:
3431 if (tooltip_text && (strlen (tooltip_text) == 0))
3432 tooltip_text = NULL;
3434 tooltip_markup = tooltip_text ? g_markup_escape_text (tooltip_text, -1) : NULL;
3436 g_object_set_qdata_full (object, quark_tooltip_markup,
3437 tooltip_markup, g_free);
3439 tmp = (tooltip_window != NULL || tooltip_markup != NULL);
3440 gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (widget, tmp, FALSE);
3441 if (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
3442 gtk_widget_queue_tooltip_query (widget);
3444 case PROP_DOUBLE_BUFFERED:
3445 gtk_widget_set_double_buffered (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3448 gtk_widget_set_halign (widget, g_value_get_enum (value));
3451 gtk_widget_set_valign (widget, g_value_get_enum (value));
3453 case PROP_MARGIN_LEFT:
3454 gtk_widget_set_margin_left (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
3456 case PROP_MARGIN_RIGHT:
3457 gtk_widget_set_margin_right (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
3459 case PROP_MARGIN_TOP:
3460 gtk_widget_set_margin_top (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
3462 case PROP_MARGIN_BOTTOM:
3463 gtk_widget_set_margin_bottom (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
3466 g_object_freeze_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
3467 gtk_widget_set_margin_left (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
3468 gtk_widget_set_margin_right (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
3469 gtk_widget_set_margin_top (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
3470 gtk_widget_set_margin_bottom (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
3471 g_object_thaw_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
3474 gtk_widget_set_hexpand (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3476 case PROP_HEXPAND_SET:
3477 gtk_widget_set_hexpand_set (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3480 gtk_widget_set_vexpand (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3482 case PROP_VEXPAND_SET:
3483 gtk_widget_set_vexpand_set (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3486 g_object_freeze_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
3487 gtk_widget_set_hexpand (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3488 gtk_widget_set_vexpand (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3489 g_object_thaw_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
3492 G_OBJECT_WARN_INVALID_PROPERTY_ID (object, prop_id, pspec);
3498 gtk_widget_get_property (GObject *object,
3503 GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
3504 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
3512 g_value_set_string (value, priv->name);
3514 g_value_set_static_string (value, "");
3517 g_value_set_object (value, priv->parent);
3519 case PROP_WIDTH_REQUEST:
3522 gtk_widget_get_size_request (widget, &w, NULL);
3523 g_value_set_int (value, w);
3526 case PROP_HEIGHT_REQUEST:
3529 gtk_widget_get_size_request (widget, NULL, &h);
3530 g_value_set_int (value, h);
3534 g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget) != FALSE));
3536 case PROP_SENSITIVE:
3537 g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_get_sensitive (widget) != FALSE));
3539 case PROP_APP_PAINTABLE:
3540 g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_get_app_paintable (widget) != FALSE));
3542 case PROP_CAN_FOCUS:
3543 g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_get_can_focus (widget) != FALSE));
3545 case PROP_HAS_FOCUS:
3546 g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_has_focus (widget) != FALSE));
3549 g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_is_focus (widget)));
3551 case PROP_CAN_DEFAULT:
3552 g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_get_can_default (widget) != FALSE));
3554 case PROP_HAS_DEFAULT:
3555 g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_has_default (widget) != FALSE));
3557 case PROP_RECEIVES_DEFAULT:
3558 g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_get_receives_default (widget) != FALSE));
3560 case PROP_COMPOSITE_CHILD:
3561 g_value_set_boolean (value, widget->priv->composite_child);
3564 g_value_set_object (value, gtk_widget_get_style (widget));
3567 eventp = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_event_mask);
3568 g_value_set_flags (value, GPOINTER_TO_INT (eventp));
3570 case PROP_NO_SHOW_ALL:
3571 g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_no_show_all (widget));
3573 case PROP_HAS_TOOLTIP:
3574 g_value_set_boolean (value, GPOINTER_TO_UINT (g_object_get_qdata (object, quark_has_tooltip)));
3576 case PROP_TOOLTIP_TEXT:
3578 gchar *escaped = g_object_get_qdata (object, quark_tooltip_markup);
3581 if (escaped && !pango_parse_markup (escaped, -1, 0, NULL, &text, NULL, NULL))
3582 g_assert (NULL == text); /* text should still be NULL in case of markup errors */
3584 g_value_take_string (value, text);
3587 case PROP_TOOLTIP_MARKUP:
3588 g_value_set_string (value, g_object_get_qdata (object, quark_tooltip_markup));
3591 g_value_set_object (value, gtk_widget_get_window (widget));
3593 case PROP_DOUBLE_BUFFERED:
3594 g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_double_buffered (widget));
3597 g_value_set_enum (value, gtk_widget_get_halign (widget));
3600 g_value_set_enum (value, gtk_widget_get_valign (widget));
3602 case PROP_MARGIN_LEFT:
3603 g_value_set_int (value, gtk_widget_get_margin_left (widget));
3605 case PROP_MARGIN_RIGHT:
3606 g_value_set_int (value, gtk_widget_get_margin_right (widget));
3608 case PROP_MARGIN_TOP:
3609 g_value_set_int (value, gtk_widget_get_margin_top (widget));
3611 case PROP_MARGIN_BOTTOM:
3612 g_value_set_int (value, gtk_widget_get_margin_bottom (widget));
3616 GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info = gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, FALSE);
3617 if (aux_info == NULL)
3619 g_value_set_int (value, 0);
3623 g_value_set_int (value, MAX (MAX (aux_info->margin.left,
3624 aux_info->margin.right),
3625 MAX (aux_info->margin.top,
3626 aux_info->margin.bottom)));
3631 g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_hexpand (widget));
3633 case PROP_HEXPAND_SET:
3634 g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_hexpand_set (widget));
3637 g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_vexpand (widget));
3639 case PROP_VEXPAND_SET:
3640 g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_vexpand_set (widget));
3643 g_value_set_boolean (value,
3644 gtk_widget_get_hexpand (widget) &&
3645 gtk_widget_get_vexpand (widget));
3648 G_OBJECT_WARN_INVALID_PROPERTY_ID (object, prop_id, pspec);
3654 gtk_widget_init (GtkWidget *widget)
3656 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
3658 widget->priv = G_TYPE_INSTANCE_GET_PRIVATE (widget,
3661 priv = widget->priv;
3663 priv->child_visible = TRUE;
3665 priv->allocation.x = -1;
3666 priv->allocation.y = -1;
3667 priv->allocation.width = 1;
3668 priv->allocation.height = 1;
3669 priv->window = NULL;
3670 priv->parent = NULL;
3672 priv->sensitive = TRUE;
3673 priv->composite_child = composite_child_stack != 0;
3674 priv->double_buffered = TRUE;
3675 priv->redraw_on_alloc = TRUE;
3676 priv->alloc_needed = TRUE;
3678 /* this will be set to TRUE if the widget gets a child or if the
3679 * expand flag is set on the widget, but until one of those happen
3680 * we know the expand is already properly FALSE.
3682 * We really want to default FALSE here to avoid computing expand
3683 * all over the place while initially building a widget tree.
3685 priv->need_compute_expand = FALSE;
3687 _gtk_size_request_cache_init (&priv->requests);
3689 priv->style = gtk_widget_get_default_style ();
3690 g_object_ref (priv->style);
3695 gtk_widget_dispatch_child_properties_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
3697 GParamSpec **pspecs)
3699 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
3700 GtkWidget *container = priv->parent;
3703 for (i = 0; widget->priv->parent == container && i < n_pspecs; i++)
3704 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[CHILD_NOTIFY], g_quark_from_string (pspecs[i]->name), pspecs[i]);
3708 * gtk_widget_freeze_child_notify:
3709 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3711 * Stops emission of #GtkWidget::child-notify signals on @widget. The
3712 * signals are queued until gtk_widget_thaw_child_notify() is called
3715 * This is the analogue of g_object_freeze_notify() for child properties.
3718 gtk_widget_freeze_child_notify (GtkWidget *widget)
3720 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
3722 if (!G_OBJECT (widget)->ref_count)
3725 g_object_ref (widget);
3726 g_object_notify_queue_freeze (G_OBJECT (widget), _gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context);
3727 g_object_unref (widget);
3731 * gtk_widget_child_notify:
3732 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3733 * @child_property: the name of a child property installed on the
3734 * class of @widget<!-- -->'s parent
3736 * Emits a #GtkWidget::child-notify signal for the
3737 * <link linkend="child-properties">child property</link> @child_property
3740 * This is the analogue of g_object_notify() for child properties.
3742 * Also see gtk_container_child_notify().
3745 gtk_widget_child_notify (GtkWidget *widget,
3746 const gchar *child_property)
3748 if (widget->priv->parent == NULL)
3751 gtk_container_child_notify (GTK_CONTAINER (widget->priv->parent), widget, child_property);
3755 * gtk_widget_thaw_child_notify:
3756 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3758 * Reverts the effect of a previous call to gtk_widget_freeze_child_notify().
3759 * This causes all queued #GtkWidget::child-notify signals on @widget to be
3763 gtk_widget_thaw_child_notify (GtkWidget *widget)
3765 GObjectNotifyQueue *nqueue;
3767 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
3769 if (!G_OBJECT (widget)->ref_count)
3772 g_object_ref (widget);
3773 nqueue = g_object_notify_queue_from_object (G_OBJECT (widget), _gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context);
3774 if (!nqueue || !nqueue->freeze_count)
3775 g_warning (G_STRLOC ": child-property-changed notification for %s(%p) is not frozen",
3776 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
3778 g_object_notify_queue_thaw (G_OBJECT (widget), nqueue);
3779 g_object_unref (widget);
3785 * @type: type ID of the widget to create
3786 * @first_property_name: name of first property to set
3787 * @...: value of first property, followed by more properties,
3790 * This is a convenience function for creating a widget and setting
3791 * its properties in one go. For example you might write:
3792 * <literal>gtk_widget_new (GTK_TYPE_LABEL, "label", "Hello World", "xalign",
3793 * 0.0, NULL)</literal> to create a left-aligned label. Equivalent to
3794 * g_object_new(), but returns a widget so you don't have to
3795 * cast the object yourself.
3797 * Return value: a new #GtkWidget of type @widget_type
3800 gtk_widget_new (GType type,
3801 const gchar *first_property_name,
3807 g_return_val_if_fail (g_type_is_a (type, GTK_TYPE_WIDGET), NULL);
3809 va_start (var_args, first_property_name);
3810 widget = (GtkWidget *)g_object_new_valist (type, first_property_name, var_args);
3817 gtk_widget_queue_draw_child (GtkWidget *widget)
3819 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
3822 parent = priv->parent;
3823 if (parent && gtk_widget_is_drawable (parent))
3824 gtk_widget_queue_draw_area (parent,
3827 priv->allocation.width,
3828 priv->allocation.height);
3832 * gtk_widget_unparent:
3833 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3835 * This function is only for use in widget implementations.
3836 * Should be called by implementations of the remove method
3837 * on #GtkContainer, to dissociate a child from the container.
3840 gtk_widget_unparent (GtkWidget *widget)
3842 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
3843 GObjectNotifyQueue *nqueue;
3844 GtkWidget *toplevel;
3845 GtkWidget *old_parent;
3847 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
3849 priv = widget->priv;
3851 if (priv->parent == NULL)
3854 /* keep this function in sync with gtk_menu_detach() */
3856 gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
3858 g_object_freeze_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
3859 nqueue = g_object_notify_queue_freeze (G_OBJECT (widget), _gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context);
3861 toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
3862 if (gtk_widget_is_toplevel (toplevel))
3863 _gtk_window_unset_focus_and_default (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel), widget);
3865 if (gtk_container_get_focus_child (GTK_CONTAINER (priv->parent)) == widget)
3866 gtk_container_set_focus_child (GTK_CONTAINER (priv->parent), NULL);
3868 gtk_widget_queue_draw_child (widget);
3870 /* Reset the width and height here, to force reallocation if we
3871 * get added back to a new parent. This won't work if our new
3872 * allocation is smaller than 1x1 and we actually want a size of 1x1...
3873 * (would 0x0 be OK here?)
3875 priv->allocation.width = 1;
3876 priv->allocation.height = 1;
3878 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
3880 if (priv->in_reparent)
3881 gtk_widget_unmap (widget);
3883 gtk_widget_unrealize (widget);
3886 /* If we are unanchoring the child, we save around the toplevel
3887 * to emit hierarchy changed
3889 if (priv->parent->priv->anchored)
3890 g_object_ref (toplevel);
3894 /* Removing a widget from a container restores the child visible
3895 * flag to the default state, so it doesn't affect the child
3896 * in the next parent.
3898 priv->child_visible = TRUE;
3900 old_parent = priv->parent;
3901 priv->parent = NULL;
3903 /* parent may no longer expand if the removed
3904 * child was expand=TRUE and could therefore
3907 if (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget) &&
3908 (priv->need_compute_expand ||
3909 priv->computed_hexpand ||
3910 priv->computed_vexpand))
3912 gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (old_parent);
3915 /* Unset BACKDROP since we are no longer inside a toplevel window */
3916 gtk_widget_unset_state_flags (widget, GTK_STATE_FLAG_BACKDROP);
3918 gtk_style_context_set_parent (priv->context, NULL);
3920 _gtk_widget_update_parent_muxer (widget);
3922 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[PARENT_SET], 0, old_parent);
3925 _gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed (widget, toplevel);
3926 g_object_unref (toplevel);
3929 /* Now that the parent pointer is nullified and the hierarchy-changed
3930 * already passed, go ahead and unset the parent window, if we are unparenting
3931 * an embeded GtkWindow the window will become toplevel again and hierarchy-changed
3932 * will fire again for the new subhierarchy.
3934 gtk_widget_set_parent_window (widget, NULL);
3936 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "parent");
3937 g_object_thaw_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
3939 g_object_notify_queue_clear (G_OBJECT (widget), nqueue);
3940 g_object_notify_queue_thaw (G_OBJECT (widget), nqueue);
3942 gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
3943 g_object_unref (widget);
3947 * gtk_widget_destroy:
3948 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3950 * Destroys a widget.
3953 * destroyed, it will break any references it holds to other objects.
3954 * If the widget is inside a container, the widget will be removed
3955 * from the container. If the widget is a toplevel (derived from
3956 * #GtkWindow), it will be removed from the list of toplevels, and the
3957 * reference GTK+ holds to it will be removed. Removing a
3958 * widget from its container or the list of toplevels results in the
3959 * widget being finalized, unless you've added additional references
3960 * to the widget with g_object_ref().
3962 * In most cases, only toplevel widgets (windows) require explicit
3963 * destruction, because when you destroy a toplevel its children will
3964 * be destroyed as well.
3967 gtk_widget_destroy (GtkWidget *widget)
3969 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
3971 if (!widget->priv->in_destruction)
3972 g_object_run_dispose (G_OBJECT (widget));
3976 * gtk_widget_destroyed:
3977 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3978 * @widget_pointer: (inout) (transfer none): address of a variable that contains @widget
3980 * This function sets *@widget_pointer to %NULL if @widget_pointer !=
3981 * %NULL. It's intended to be used as a callback connected to the
3982 * "destroy" signal of a widget. You connect gtk_widget_destroyed()
3983 * as a signal handler, and pass the address of your widget variable
3984 * as user data. Then when the widget is destroyed, the variable will
3985 * be set to %NULL. Useful for example to avoid multiple copies
3986 * of the same dialog.
3989 gtk_widget_destroyed (GtkWidget *widget,
3990 GtkWidget **widget_pointer)
3992 /* Don't make any assumptions about the
3994 * Even check widget_pointer.
3997 *widget_pointer = NULL;
4002 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4004 * Flags a widget to be displayed. Any widget that isn't shown will
4005 * not appear on the screen. If you want to show all the widgets in a
4006 * container, it's easier to call gtk_widget_show_all() on the
4007 * container, instead of individually showing the widgets.
4009 * Remember that you have to show the containers containing a widget,
4010 * in addition to the widget itself, before it will appear onscreen.
4012 * When a toplevel container is shown, it is immediately realized and
4013 * mapped; other shown widgets are realized and mapped when their
4014 * toplevel container is realized and mapped.
4017 gtk_widget_show (GtkWidget *widget)
4019 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4021 if (!gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
4023 g_object_ref (widget);
4024 gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
4026 if (!gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget))
4027 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
4029 /* see comment in set_parent() for why this should and can be
4032 if (widget->priv->need_compute_expand ||
4033 widget->priv->computed_hexpand ||
4034 widget->priv->computed_vexpand)
4036 if (widget->priv->parent != NULL)
4037 gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (widget->priv->parent);
4040 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[SHOW], 0);
4041 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "visible");
4043 gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
4044 g_object_unref (widget);
4049 gtk_widget_real_show (GtkWidget *widget)
4051 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
4053 if (!gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
4055 priv->visible = TRUE;
4058 gtk_widget_get_mapped (priv->parent) &&
4059 gtk_widget_get_child_visible (widget) &&
4060 !gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
4061 gtk_widget_map (widget);
4066 gtk_widget_show_map_callback (GtkWidget *widget, GdkEvent *event, gint *flag)
4069 g_signal_handlers_disconnect_by_func (widget,
4070 gtk_widget_show_map_callback,
4075 * gtk_widget_show_now:
4076 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4078 * Shows a widget. If the widget is an unmapped toplevel widget
4079 * (i.e. a #GtkWindow that has not yet been shown), enter the main
4080 * loop and wait for the window to actually be mapped. Be careful;
4081 * because the main loop is running, anything can happen during
4085 gtk_widget_show_now (GtkWidget *widget)
4089 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4091 /* make sure we will get event */
4092 if (!gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget) &&
4093 gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget))
4095 gtk_widget_show (widget);
4097 g_signal_connect (widget, "map-event",
4098 G_CALLBACK (gtk_widget_show_map_callback),
4102 gtk_main_iteration ();
4105 gtk_widget_show (widget);
4110 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4112 * Reverses the effects of gtk_widget_show(), causing the widget to be
4113 * hidden (invisible to the user).
4116 gtk_widget_hide (GtkWidget *widget)
4118 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4120 if (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
4122 GtkWidget *toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
4124 g_object_ref (widget);
4125 gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
4127 if (toplevel != widget && gtk_widget_is_toplevel (toplevel))
4128 _gtk_window_unset_focus_and_default (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel), widget);
4130 /* a parent may now be expand=FALSE since we're hidden. */
4131 if (widget->priv->need_compute_expand ||
4132 widget->priv->computed_hexpand ||
4133 widget->priv->computed_vexpand)
4135 gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (widget);
4138 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[HIDE], 0);
4139 if (!gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget))
4140 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
4141 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "visible");
4143 gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
4144 g_object_unref (widget);
4149 gtk_widget_real_hide (GtkWidget *widget)
4151 if (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
4153 widget->priv->visible = FALSE;
4155 if (gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
4156 gtk_widget_unmap (widget);
4161 * gtk_widget_hide_on_delete:
4162 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4164 * Utility function; intended to be connected to the #GtkWidget::delete-event
4165 * signal on a #GtkWindow. The function calls gtk_widget_hide() on its
4166 * argument, then returns %TRUE. If connected to ::delete-event, the
4167 * result is that clicking the close button for a window (on the
4168 * window frame, top right corner usually) will hide but not destroy
4169 * the window. By default, GTK+ destroys windows when ::delete-event
4172 * Return value: %TRUE
4175 gtk_widget_hide_on_delete (GtkWidget *widget)
4177 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
4179 gtk_widget_hide (widget);
4185 * gtk_widget_show_all:
4186 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4188 * Recursively shows a widget, and any child widgets (if the widget is
4192 gtk_widget_show_all (GtkWidget *widget)
4194 GtkWidgetClass *class;
4196 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4198 if (gtk_widget_get_no_show_all (widget))
4201 class = GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget);
4203 if (class->show_all)
4204 class->show_all (widget);
4209 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4211 * This function is only for use in widget implementations. Causes
4212 * a widget to be mapped if it isn't already.
4215 gtk_widget_map (GtkWidget *widget)
4217 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
4219 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4220 g_return_if_fail (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget));
4221 g_return_if_fail (gtk_widget_get_child_visible (widget));
4223 priv = widget->priv;
4225 if (!gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
4227 gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
4229 if (!gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
4230 gtk_widget_realize (widget);
4232 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[MAP], 0);
4234 if (!gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
4235 gdk_window_invalidate_rect (priv->window, &priv->allocation, FALSE);
4237 if (widget->priv->context)
4238 _gtk_style_context_update_animating (widget->priv->context);
4240 gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
4246 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4248 * This function is only for use in widget implementations. Causes
4249 * a widget to be unmapped if it's currently mapped.
4252 gtk_widget_unmap (GtkWidget *widget)
4254 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
4256 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4258 priv = widget->priv;
4260 if (gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
4262 gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
4264 if (!gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
4265 gdk_window_invalidate_rect (priv->window, &priv->allocation, FALSE);
4266 _gtk_tooltip_hide (widget);
4268 if (widget->priv->context)
4269 _gtk_style_context_update_animating (widget->priv->context);
4271 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[UNMAP], 0);
4273 gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
4275 /* Unset pointer/window info */
4276 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pointer_window, NULL);
4281 _gtk_widget_enable_device_events (GtkWidget *widget)
4283 GHashTable *device_events;
4284 GHashTableIter iter;
4285 gpointer key, value;
4287 device_events = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_device_event_mask);
4292 g_hash_table_iter_init (&iter, device_events);
4294 while (g_hash_table_iter_next (&iter, &key, &value))
4297 GdkEventMask event_mask;
4300 event_mask = GPOINTER_TO_UINT (value);
4301 gtk_widget_add_events_internal (widget, device, event_mask);
4306 get_widget_windows (GtkWidget *widget)
4308 GList *window_list, *last, *l, *children, *ret;
4310 if (gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
4311 window_list = g_list_prepend (NULL, gtk_widget_get_window (widget));
4313 window_list = gdk_window_peek_children (gtk_widget_get_window (widget));
4315 last = g_list_last (window_list);
4318 for (l = window_list; l; l = l->next)
4320 GtkWidget *window_widget = NULL;
4322 gdk_window_get_user_data (l->data, (gpointer *) &window_widget);
4324 if (widget != window_widget)
4327 ret = g_list_prepend (ret, l->data);
4328 children = gdk_window_peek_children (GDK_WINDOW (l->data));
4332 last = g_list_concat (last, children);
4333 last = g_list_last (last);
4337 g_list_free (window_list);
4343 device_enable_foreach (GtkWidget *widget,
4346 GdkDevice *device = user_data;
4347 gtk_widget_set_device_enabled_internal (widget, device, TRUE, TRUE);
4351 device_disable_foreach (GtkWidget *widget,
4354 GdkDevice *device = user_data;
4355 gtk_widget_set_device_enabled_internal (widget, device, TRUE, FALSE);
4359 gtk_widget_set_device_enabled_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
4364 GList *window_list, *l;
4366 window_list = get_widget_windows (widget);
4368 for (l = window_list; l; l = l->next)
4370 GdkEventMask events = 0;
4376 events = gdk_window_get_events (window);
4378 gdk_window_set_device_events (window, device, events);
4381 if (recurse && GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
4384 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget), device_enable_foreach, device);
4386 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget), device_disable_foreach, device);
4389 g_list_free (window_list);
4393 gtk_widget_update_devices_mask (GtkWidget *widget,
4396 GList *enabled_devices, *l;
4398 enabled_devices = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_enabled_devices);
4400 for (l = enabled_devices; l; l = l->next)
4401 gtk_widget_set_device_enabled_internal (widget, GDK_DEVICE (l->data), recurse, TRUE);
4405 * gtk_widget_realize:
4406 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4408 * Creates the GDK (windowing system) resources associated with a
4409 * widget. For example, @widget->window will be created when a widget
4410 * is realized. Normally realization happens implicitly; if you show
4411 * a widget and all its parent containers, then the widget will be
4412 * realized and mapped automatically.
4414 * Realizing a widget requires all
4415 * the widget's parent widgets to be realized; calling
4416 * gtk_widget_realize() realizes the widget's parents in addition to
4417 * @widget itself. If a widget is not yet inside a toplevel window
4418 * when you realize it, bad things will happen.
4420 * This function is primarily used in widget implementations, and
4421 * isn't very useful otherwise. Many times when you think you might
4422 * need it, a better approach is to connect to a signal that will be
4423 * called after the widget is realized automatically, such as
4424 * #GtkWidget::draw. Or simply g_signal_connect () to the
4425 * #GtkWidget::realize signal.
4428 gtk_widget_realize (GtkWidget *widget)
4430 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
4431 cairo_region_t *region;
4433 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4434 g_return_if_fail (widget->priv->anchored ||
4435 GTK_IS_INVISIBLE (widget));
4437 priv = widget->priv;
4439 if (!gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
4441 gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
4444 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget) && gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
4445 g_message ("gtk_widget_realize(%s)", G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget));
4448 if (priv->parent == NULL &&
4449 !gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget))
4450 g_warning ("Calling gtk_widget_realize() on a widget that isn't "
4451 "inside a toplevel window is not going to work very well. "
4452 "Widgets must be inside a toplevel container before realizing them.");
4454 if (priv->parent && !gtk_widget_get_realized (priv->parent))
4455 gtk_widget_realize (priv->parent);
4457 gtk_widget_ensure_style (widget);
4459 if (priv->style_update_pending)
4460 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[STYLE_UPDATED], 0);
4462 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[REALIZE], 0);
4464 gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (widget,
4465 GPOINTER_TO_UINT (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_has_tooltip)),
4468 if (priv->has_shape_mask)
4470 region = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_shape_info);
4471 gdk_window_shape_combine_region (priv->window, region, 0, 0);
4474 region = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_input_shape_info);
4476 gdk_window_input_shape_combine_region (priv->window, region, 0, 0);
4478 if (priv->multidevice)
4479 gdk_window_set_support_multidevice (priv->window, TRUE);
4481 _gtk_widget_enable_device_events (widget);
4482 gtk_widget_update_devices_mask (widget, TRUE);
4484 gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
4489 * gtk_widget_unrealize:
4490 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4492 * This function is only useful in widget implementations.
4493 * Causes a widget to be unrealized (frees all GDK resources
4494 * associated with the widget, such as @widget->window).
4497 gtk_widget_unrealize (GtkWidget *widget)
4499 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4501 gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
4503 if (widget->priv->has_shape_mask)
4504 gtk_widget_shape_combine_region (widget, NULL);
4506 if (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_input_shape_info))
4507 gtk_widget_input_shape_combine_region (widget, NULL);
4509 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
4511 g_object_ref (widget);
4513 if (widget->priv->mapped)
4514 gtk_widget_unmap (widget);
4516 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[UNREALIZE], 0);
4517 g_assert (!widget->priv->mapped);
4518 gtk_widget_set_realized (widget, FALSE);
4520 g_object_unref (widget);
4523 gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
4526 /*****************************************
4528 *****************************************/
4531 * gtk_widget_queue_draw_region:
4532 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4533 * @region: region to draw
4535 * Invalidates the rectangular area of @widget defined by @region by
4536 * calling gdk_window_invalidate_region() on the widget's window and
4537 * all its child windows. Once the main loop becomes idle (after the
4538 * current batch of events has been processed, roughly), the window
4539 * will receive expose events for the union of all regions that have
4542 * Normally you would only use this function in widget
4543 * implementations. You might also use it to schedule a redraw of a
4544 * #GtkDrawingArea or some portion thereof.
4549 gtk_widget_queue_draw_region (GtkWidget *widget,
4550 const cairo_region_t *region)
4552 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
4555 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4557 priv = widget->priv;
4559 if (!gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
4562 /* Just return if the widget or one of its ancestors isn't mapped */
4563 for (w = widget; w != NULL; w = w->priv->parent)
4564 if (!gtk_widget_get_mapped (w))
4567 gdk_window_invalidate_region (priv->window, region, TRUE);
4571 * gtk_widget_queue_draw_area:
4572 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4573 * @x: x coordinate of upper-left corner of rectangle to redraw
4574 * @y: y coordinate of upper-left corner of rectangle to redraw
4575 * @width: width of region to draw
4576 * @height: height of region to draw
4578 * Convenience function that calls gtk_widget_queue_draw_region() on
4579 * the region created from the given coordinates.
4581 * The region here is specified in widget coordinates.
4582 * Widget coordinates are a bit odd; for historical reasons, they are
4583 * defined as @widget->window coordinates for widgets that are not
4584 * #GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets, and are relative to @widget->allocation.x,
4585 * @widget->allocation.y for widgets that are #GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets.
4588 gtk_widget_queue_draw_area (GtkWidget *widget,
4595 cairo_region_t *region;
4597 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4602 rect.height = height;
4604 region = cairo_region_create_rectangle (&rect);
4605 gtk_widget_queue_draw_region (widget, region);
4606 cairo_region_destroy (region);
4610 * gtk_widget_queue_draw:
4611 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4613 * Equivalent to calling gtk_widget_queue_draw_area() for the
4614 * entire area of a widget.
4617 gtk_widget_queue_draw (GtkWidget *widget)
4621 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4623 gtk_widget_get_allocation (widget, &rect);
4625 if (!gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
4626 gtk_widget_queue_draw_area (widget,
4627 rect.x, rect.y, rect.width, rect.height);
4629 gtk_widget_queue_draw_area (widget,
4630 0, 0, rect.width, rect.height);
4634 * gtk_widget_queue_resize:
4635 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4637 * This function is only for use in widget implementations.
4638 * Flags a widget to have its size renegotiated; should
4639 * be called when a widget for some reason has a new size request.
4640 * For example, when you change the text in a #GtkLabel, #GtkLabel
4641 * queues a resize to ensure there's enough space for the new text.
4643 * <note><para>You cannot call gtk_widget_queue_resize() on a widget
4644 * from inside its implementation of the GtkWidgetClass::size_allocate
4645 * virtual method. Calls to gtk_widget_queue_resize() from inside
4646 * GtkWidgetClass::size_allocate will be silently ignored.</para></note>
4649 gtk_widget_queue_resize (GtkWidget *widget)
4651 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4653 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
4654 gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
4656 _gtk_size_group_queue_resize (widget, 0);
4660 * gtk_widget_queue_resize_no_redraw:
4661 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4663 * This function works like gtk_widget_queue_resize(),
4664 * except that the widget is not invalidated.
4669 gtk_widget_queue_resize_no_redraw (GtkWidget *widget)
4671 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4673 _gtk_size_group_queue_resize (widget, 0);
4677 * gtk_widget_size_request:
4678 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4679 * @requisition: (out): a #GtkRequisition to be filled in
4681 * This function is typically used when implementing a #GtkContainer
4682 * subclass. Obtains the preferred size of a widget. The container
4683 * uses this information to arrange its child widgets and decide what
4684 * size allocations to give them with gtk_widget_size_allocate().
4686 * You can also call this function from an application, with some
4687 * caveats. Most notably, getting a size request requires the widget
4688 * to be associated with a screen, because font information may be
4689 * needed. Multihead-aware applications should keep this in mind.
4691 * Also remember that the size request is not necessarily the size
4692 * a widget will actually be allocated.
4694 * Deprecated: 3.0: Use gtk_widget_get_preferred_size() instead.
4697 gtk_widget_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
4698 GtkRequisition *requisition)
4700 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4702 gtk_widget_get_preferred_size (widget, requisition, NULL);
4706 * gtk_widget_get_child_requisition:
4707 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4708 * @requisition: (out): a #GtkRequisition to be filled in
4710 * This function is only for use in widget implementations. Obtains
4711 * @widget->requisition, unless someone has forced a particular
4712 * geometry on the widget (e.g. with gtk_widget_set_size_request()),
4713 * in which case it returns that geometry instead of the widget's
4716 * This function differs from gtk_widget_size_request() in that
4717 * it retrieves the last size request value from @widget->requisition,
4718 * while gtk_widget_size_request() actually calls the "size_request" method
4719 * on @widget to compute the size request and fill in @widget->requisition,
4720 * and only then returns @widget->requisition.
4722 * Because this function does not call the "size_request" method, it
4723 * can only be used when you know that @widget->requisition is
4724 * up-to-date, that is, gtk_widget_size_request() has been called
4725 * since the last time a resize was queued. In general, only container
4726 * implementations have this information; applications should use
4727 * gtk_widget_size_request().
4730 * Deprecated: 3.0: Use gtk_widget_get_preferred_size() instead.
4733 gtk_widget_get_child_requisition (GtkWidget *widget,
4734 GtkRequisition *requisition)
4736 gtk_widget_get_preferred_size (widget, requisition, NULL);
4740 invalidate_predicate (GdkWindow *window,
4745 gdk_window_get_user_data (window, &user_data);
4747 return (user_data == data);
4750 /* Invalidate @region in widget->window and all children
4751 * of widget->window owned by widget. @region is in the
4752 * same coordinates as widget->allocation and will be
4753 * modified by this call.
4756 gtk_widget_invalidate_widget_windows (GtkWidget *widget,
4757 cairo_region_t *region)
4759 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
4761 if (!gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
4764 if (gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget) && priv->parent)
4768 gdk_window_get_position (priv->window, &x, &y);
4769 cairo_region_translate (region, -x, -y);
4772 gdk_window_invalidate_maybe_recurse (priv->window, region,
4773 invalidate_predicate, widget);
4777 * gtk_widget_size_allocate:
4778 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4779 * @allocation: position and size to be allocated to @widget
4781 * This function is only used by #GtkContainer subclasses, to assign a size
4782 * and position to their child widgets.
4784 * In this function, the allocation may be adjusted. It will be forced
4785 * to a 1x1 minimum size, and the adjust_size_allocation virtual
4786 * method on the child will be used to adjust the allocation. Standard
4787 * adjustments include removing the widget's margins, and applying the
4788 * widget's #GtkWidget:halign and #GtkWidget:valign properties.
4791 gtk_widget_size_allocate (GtkWidget *widget,
4792 GtkAllocation *allocation)
4794 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
4795 GdkRectangle real_allocation;
4796 GdkRectangle old_allocation;
4797 GdkRectangle adjusted_allocation;
4798 gboolean alloc_needed;
4799 gboolean size_changed;
4800 gboolean position_changed;
4801 gint natural_width, natural_height, dummy;
4802 gint min_width, min_height;
4804 priv = widget->priv;
4806 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4808 gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
4810 #ifdef G_ENABLE_DEBUG
4811 if (gtk_get_debug_flags () & GTK_DEBUG_GEOMETRY)
4822 parent = gtk_widget_get_parent (parent);
4825 name = g_type_name (G_OBJECT_TYPE (G_OBJECT (widget)));
4826 g_print ("gtk_widget_size_allocate: %*s%s %d %d\n",
4827 2 * depth, " ", name,
4828 allocation->width, allocation->height);
4830 #endif /* G_ENABLE_DEBUG */
4832 alloc_needed = priv->alloc_needed;
4833 /* Preserve request/allocate ordering */
4834 priv->alloc_needed = FALSE;
4836 old_allocation = priv->allocation;
4837 real_allocation = *allocation;
4839 adjusted_allocation = real_allocation;
4840 if (gtk_widget_get_request_mode (widget) == GTK_SIZE_REQUEST_HEIGHT_FOR_WIDTH)
4842 /* Go ahead and request the height for allocated width, note that the internals
4843 * of get_height_for_width will internally limit the for_size to natural size
4844 * when aligning implicitly.
4846 gtk_widget_get_preferred_width (widget, &min_width, &natural_width);
4847 gtk_widget_get_preferred_height_for_width (widget, real_allocation.width, &min_height, &natural_height);
4851 /* Go ahead and request the width for allocated height, note that the internals
4852 * of get_width_for_height will internally limit the for_size to natural size
4853 * when aligning implicitly.
4855 gtk_widget_get_preferred_height (widget, &min_height, &natural_height);
4856 gtk_widget_get_preferred_width_for_height (widget, real_allocation.height, &min_width, &natural_width);
4859 #ifdef G_ENABLE_DEBUG
4860 if (gtk_get_debug_flags () & GTK_DEBUG_GEOMETRY)
4862 if ((min_width > real_allocation.width || min_height > real_allocation.height) &&
4863 !GTK_IS_SCROLLABLE (widget))
4864 g_warning ("gtk_widget_size_allocate(): attempt to underallocate %s%s %s %p. "
4865 "Allocation is %dx%d, but minimum required size is %dx%d.",
4866 priv->parent ? G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (priv->parent) : "", priv->parent ? "'s child" : "toplevel",
4867 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget,
4868 real_allocation.width, real_allocation.height,
4869 min_width, min_height);
4872 /* Now that we have the right natural height and width, go ahead and remove any margins from the
4873 * allocated sizes and possibly limit them to the natural sizes */
4874 GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->adjust_size_allocation (widget,
4875 GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL,
4878 &adjusted_allocation.x,
4879 &adjusted_allocation.width);
4880 GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->adjust_size_allocation (widget,
4881 GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL,
4884 &adjusted_allocation.y,
4885 &adjusted_allocation.height);
4887 if (adjusted_allocation.x < real_allocation.x ||
4888 adjusted_allocation.y < real_allocation.y ||
4889 (adjusted_allocation.x + adjusted_allocation.width) >
4890 (real_allocation.x + real_allocation.width) ||
4891 (adjusted_allocation.y + adjusted_allocation.height >
4892 real_allocation.y + real_allocation.height))
4894 g_warning ("%s %p attempted to adjust its size allocation from %d,%d %dx%d to %d,%d %dx%d. adjust_size_allocation must keep allocation inside original bounds",
4895 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget,
4896 real_allocation.x, real_allocation.y, real_allocation.width, real_allocation.height,
4897 adjusted_allocation.x, adjusted_allocation.y, adjusted_allocation.width, adjusted_allocation.height);
4898 adjusted_allocation = real_allocation; /* veto it */
4902 real_allocation = adjusted_allocation;
4905 if (real_allocation.width < 0 || real_allocation.height < 0)
4907 g_warning ("gtk_widget_size_allocate(): attempt to allocate widget with width %d and height %d",
4908 real_allocation.width,
4909 real_allocation.height);
4912 real_allocation.width = MAX (real_allocation.width, 1);
4913 real_allocation.height = MAX (real_allocation.height, 1);
4915 size_changed = (old_allocation.width != real_allocation.width ||
4916 old_allocation.height != real_allocation.height);
4917 position_changed = (old_allocation.x != real_allocation.x ||
4918 old_allocation.y != real_allocation.y);
4920 if (!alloc_needed && !size_changed && !position_changed)
4923 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[SIZE_ALLOCATE], 0, &real_allocation);
4925 /* Size allocation is god... after consulting god, no further requests or allocations are needed */
4926 priv->alloc_needed = FALSE;
4928 if (gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
4930 if (!gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget) && priv->redraw_on_alloc && position_changed)
4932 /* Invalidate union(old_allaction,priv->allocation) in priv->window
4934 cairo_region_t *invalidate = cairo_region_create_rectangle (&priv->allocation);
4935 cairo_region_union_rectangle (invalidate, &old_allocation);
4937 gdk_window_invalidate_region (priv->window, invalidate, FALSE);
4938 cairo_region_destroy (invalidate);
4943 if (priv->redraw_on_alloc)
4945 /* Invalidate union(old_allaction,priv->allocation) in priv->window and descendents owned by widget
4947 cairo_region_t *invalidate = cairo_region_create_rectangle (&priv->allocation);
4948 cairo_region_union_rectangle (invalidate, &old_allocation);
4950 gtk_widget_invalidate_widget_windows (widget, invalidate);
4951 cairo_region_destroy (invalidate);
4956 if ((size_changed || position_changed) && priv->parent &&
4957 gtk_widget_get_realized (priv->parent) && _gtk_container_get_reallocate_redraws (GTK_CONTAINER (priv->parent)))
4959 cairo_region_t *invalidate = cairo_region_create_rectangle (&priv->parent->priv->allocation);
4960 gtk_widget_invalidate_widget_windows (priv->parent, invalidate);
4961 cairo_region_destroy (invalidate);
4965 gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
4969 * gtk_widget_common_ancestor:
4970 * @widget_a: a #GtkWidget
4971 * @widget_b: a #GtkWidget
4973 * Find the common ancestor of @widget_a and @widget_b that
4974 * is closest to the two widgets.
4976 * Return value: the closest common ancestor of @widget_a and
4977 * @widget_b or %NULL if @widget_a and @widget_b do not
4978 * share a common ancestor.
4981 gtk_widget_common_ancestor (GtkWidget *widget_a,
4982 GtkWidget *widget_b)
4984 GtkWidget *parent_a;
4985 GtkWidget *parent_b;
4989 parent_a = widget_a;
4990 while (parent_a->priv->parent)
4992 parent_a = parent_a->priv->parent;
4996 parent_b = widget_b;
4997 while (parent_b->priv->parent)
4999 parent_b = parent_b->priv->parent;
5003 if (parent_a != parent_b)
5006 while (depth_a > depth_b)
5008 widget_a = widget_a->priv->parent;
5012 while (depth_b > depth_a)
5014 widget_b = widget_b->priv->parent;
5018 while (widget_a != widget_b)
5020 widget_a = widget_a->priv->parent;
5021 widget_b = widget_b->priv->parent;
5028 * gtk_widget_translate_coordinates:
5029 * @src_widget: a #GtkWidget
5030 * @dest_widget: a #GtkWidget
5031 * @src_x: X position relative to @src_widget
5032 * @src_y: Y position relative to @src_widget
5033 * @dest_x: (out): location to store X position relative to @dest_widget
5034 * @dest_y: (out): location to store Y position relative to @dest_widget
5036 * Translate coordinates relative to @src_widget's allocation to coordinates
5037 * relative to @dest_widget's allocations. In order to perform this
5038 * operation, both widgets must be realized, and must share a common
5041 * Return value: %FALSE if either widget was not realized, or there
5042 * was no common ancestor. In this case, nothing is stored in
5043 * *@dest_x and *@dest_y. Otherwise %TRUE.
5046 gtk_widget_translate_coordinates (GtkWidget *src_widget,
5047 GtkWidget *dest_widget,
5053 GtkWidgetPrivate *src_priv = src_widget->priv;
5054 GtkWidgetPrivate *dest_priv = dest_widget->priv;
5055 GtkWidget *ancestor;
5057 GList *dest_list = NULL;
5059 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (src_widget), FALSE);
5060 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (dest_widget), FALSE);
5062 ancestor = gtk_widget_common_ancestor (src_widget, dest_widget);
5063 if (!ancestor || !gtk_widget_get_realized (src_widget) || !gtk_widget_get_realized (dest_widget))
5066 /* Translate from allocation relative to window relative */
5067 if (gtk_widget_get_has_window (src_widget) && src_priv->parent)
5070 gdk_window_get_position (src_priv->window, &wx, &wy);
5072 src_x -= wx - src_priv->allocation.x;
5073 src_y -= wy - src_priv->allocation.y;
5077 src_x += src_priv->allocation.x;
5078 src_y += src_priv->allocation.y;
5081 /* Translate to the common ancestor */
5082 window = src_priv->window;
5083 while (window != ancestor->priv->window)
5087 gdk_window_coords_to_parent (window, src_x, src_y, &dx, &dy);
5092 window = gdk_window_get_effective_parent (window);
5094 if (!window) /* Handle GtkHandleBox */
5099 window = dest_priv->window;
5100 while (window != ancestor->priv->window)
5102 dest_list = g_list_prepend (dest_list, window);
5104 window = gdk_window_get_effective_parent (window);
5106 if (!window) /* Handle GtkHandleBox */
5108 g_list_free (dest_list);
5117 gdk_window_coords_from_parent (dest_list->data, src_x, src_y, &dx, &dy);
5122 dest_list = g_list_remove (dest_list, dest_list->data);
5125 /* Translate from window relative to allocation relative */
5126 if (gtk_widget_get_has_window (dest_widget) && dest_priv->parent)
5129 gdk_window_get_position (dest_priv->window, &wx, &wy);
5131 src_x += wx - dest_priv->allocation.x;
5132 src_y += wy - dest_priv->allocation.y;
5136 src_x -= dest_priv->allocation.x;
5137 src_y -= dest_priv->allocation.y;
5149 gtk_widget_real_size_allocate (GtkWidget *widget,
5150 GtkAllocation *allocation)
5152 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
5154 priv->allocation = *allocation;
5156 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget) &&
5157 gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
5159 gdk_window_move_resize (priv->window,
5160 allocation->x, allocation->y,
5161 allocation->width, allocation->height);
5165 /* translate initial/final into start/end */
5167 effective_align (GtkAlign align,
5168 GtkTextDirection direction)
5172 case GTK_ALIGN_START:
5173 return direction == GTK_TEXT_DIR_RTL ? GTK_ALIGN_END : GTK_ALIGN_START;
5175 return direction == GTK_TEXT_DIR_RTL ? GTK_ALIGN_START : GTK_ALIGN_END;
5182 adjust_for_align (GtkAlign align,
5184 gint *allocated_pos,
5185 gint *allocated_size)
5189 case GTK_ALIGN_FILL:
5190 /* change nothing */
5192 case GTK_ALIGN_START:
5193 /* keep *allocated_pos where it is */
5194 *allocated_size = MIN (*allocated_size, *natural_size);
5197 if (*allocated_size > *natural_size)
5199 *allocated_pos += (*allocated_size - *natural_size);
5200 *allocated_size = *natural_size;
5203 case GTK_ALIGN_CENTER:
5204 if (*allocated_size > *natural_size)
5206 *allocated_pos += (*allocated_size - *natural_size) / 2;
5207 *allocated_size = MIN (*allocated_size, *natural_size);
5214 adjust_for_margin(gint start_margin,
5218 gint *allocated_pos,
5219 gint *allocated_size)
5221 *minimum_size -= (start_margin + end_margin);
5222 *natural_size -= (start_margin + end_margin);
5223 *allocated_pos += start_margin;
5224 *allocated_size -= (start_margin + end_margin);
5228 gtk_widget_real_adjust_size_allocation (GtkWidget *widget,
5229 GtkOrientation orientation,
5232 gint *allocated_pos,
5233 gint *allocated_size)
5235 const GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
5237 aux_info = _gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (widget);
5239 if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL)
5241 adjust_for_margin (aux_info->margin.left,
5242 aux_info->margin.right,
5243 minimum_size, natural_size,
5244 allocated_pos, allocated_size);
5245 adjust_for_align (effective_align (aux_info->halign, gtk_widget_get_direction (widget)),
5246 natural_size, allocated_pos, allocated_size);
5250 adjust_for_margin (aux_info->margin.top,
5251 aux_info->margin.bottom,
5252 minimum_size, natural_size,
5253 allocated_pos, allocated_size);
5254 adjust_for_align (effective_align (aux_info->valign, GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE),
5255 natural_size, allocated_pos, allocated_size);
5260 gtk_widget_real_can_activate_accel (GtkWidget *widget,
5263 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
5265 /* widgets must be onscreen for accels to take effect */
5266 return gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget) &&
5267 gtk_widget_is_drawable (widget) &&
5268 gdk_window_is_viewable (priv->window);
5272 * gtk_widget_can_activate_accel:
5273 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
5274 * @signal_id: the ID of a signal installed on @widget
5276 * Determines whether an accelerator that activates the signal
5277 * identified by @signal_id can currently be activated.
5278 * This is done by emitting the #GtkWidget::can-activate-accel
5279 * signal on @widget; if the signal isn't overridden by a
5280 * handler or in a derived widget, then the default check is
5281 * that the widget must be sensitive, and the widget and all
5282 * its ancestors mapped.
5284 * Return value: %TRUE if the accelerator can be activated.
5289 gtk_widget_can_activate_accel (GtkWidget *widget,
5292 gboolean can_activate = FALSE;
5293 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
5294 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[CAN_ACTIVATE_ACCEL], 0, signal_id, &can_activate);
5295 return can_activate;
5304 closure_accel_activate (GClosure *closure,
5305 GValue *return_value,
5306 guint n_param_values,
5307 const GValue *param_values,
5308 gpointer invocation_hint,
5309 gpointer marshal_data)
5311 AccelClosure *aclosure = (AccelClosure*) closure;
5312 gboolean can_activate = gtk_widget_can_activate_accel (closure->data, aclosure->signal_id);
5315 g_signal_emit (closure->data, aclosure->signal_id, 0);
5317 /* whether accelerator was handled */
5318 g_value_set_boolean (return_value, can_activate);
5322 closures_destroy (gpointer data)
5324 GSList *slist, *closures = data;
5326 for (slist = closures; slist; slist = slist->next)
5328 g_closure_invalidate (slist->data);
5329 g_closure_unref (slist->data);
5331 g_slist_free (closures);
5335 widget_new_accel_closure (GtkWidget *widget,
5338 AccelClosure *aclosure;
5339 GClosure *closure = NULL;
5340 GSList *slist, *closures;
5342 closures = g_object_steal_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_closures);
5343 for (slist = closures; slist; slist = slist->next)
5344 if (!gtk_accel_group_from_accel_closure (slist->data))
5346 /* reuse this closure */
5347 closure = slist->data;
5352 closure = g_closure_new_object (sizeof (AccelClosure), G_OBJECT (widget));
5353 closures = g_slist_prepend (closures, g_closure_ref (closure));
5354 g_closure_sink (closure);
5355 g_closure_set_marshal (closure, closure_accel_activate);
5357 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_closures, closures, closures_destroy);
5359 aclosure = (AccelClosure*) closure;
5360 g_assert (closure->data == widget);
5361 g_assert (closure->marshal == closure_accel_activate);
5362 aclosure->signal_id = signal_id;
5368 * gtk_widget_add_accelerator:
5369 * @widget: widget to install an accelerator on
5370 * @accel_signal: widget signal to emit on accelerator activation
5371 * @accel_group: accel group for this widget, added to its toplevel
5372 * @accel_key: GDK keyval of the accelerator
5373 * @accel_mods: modifier key combination of the accelerator
5374 * @accel_flags: flag accelerators, e.g. %GTK_ACCEL_VISIBLE
5376 * Installs an accelerator for this @widget in @accel_group that causes
5377 * @accel_signal to be emitted if the accelerator is activated.
5378 * The @accel_group needs to be added to the widget's toplevel via
5379 * gtk_window_add_accel_group(), and the signal must be of type %G_SIGNAL_ACTION.
5380 * Accelerators added through this function are not user changeable during
5381 * runtime. If you want to support accelerators that can be changed by the
5382 * user, use gtk_accel_map_add_entry() and gtk_widget_set_accel_path() or
5383 * gtk_menu_item_set_accel_path() instead.
5386 gtk_widget_add_accelerator (GtkWidget *widget,
5387 const gchar *accel_signal,
5388 GtkAccelGroup *accel_group,
5390 GdkModifierType accel_mods,
5391 GtkAccelFlags accel_flags)
5396 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
5397 g_return_if_fail (accel_signal != NULL);
5398 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_ACCEL_GROUP (accel_group));
5400 g_signal_query (g_signal_lookup (accel_signal, G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget)), &query);
5401 if (!query.signal_id ||
5402 !(query.signal_flags & G_SIGNAL_ACTION) ||
5403 query.return_type != G_TYPE_NONE ||
5406 /* hmm, should be elaborate enough */
5407 g_warning (G_STRLOC ": widget `%s' has no activatable signal \"%s\" without arguments",
5408 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), accel_signal);
5412 closure = widget_new_accel_closure (widget, query.signal_id);
5414 g_object_ref (widget);
5416 /* install the accelerator. since we don't map this onto an accel_path,
5417 * the accelerator will automatically be locked.
5419 gtk_accel_group_connect (accel_group,
5422 accel_flags | GTK_ACCEL_LOCKED,
5425 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[ACCEL_CLOSURES_CHANGED], 0);
5427 g_object_unref (widget);
5431 * gtk_widget_remove_accelerator:
5432 * @widget: widget to install an accelerator on
5433 * @accel_group: accel group for this widget
5434 * @accel_key: GDK keyval of the accelerator
5435 * @accel_mods: modifier key combination of the accelerator
5437 * Removes an accelerator from @widget, previously installed with
5438 * gtk_widget_add_accelerator().
5440 * Returns: whether an accelerator was installed and could be removed
5443 gtk_widget_remove_accelerator (GtkWidget *widget,
5444 GtkAccelGroup *accel_group,
5446 GdkModifierType accel_mods)
5448 GtkAccelGroupEntry *ag_entry;
5449 GList *slist, *clist;
5452 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
5453 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_ACCEL_GROUP (accel_group), FALSE);
5455 ag_entry = gtk_accel_group_query (accel_group, accel_key, accel_mods, &n);
5456 clist = gtk_widget_list_accel_closures (widget);
5457 for (slist = clist; slist; slist = slist->next)
5461 for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
5462 if (slist->data == (gpointer) ag_entry[i].closure)
5464 gboolean is_removed = gtk_accel_group_disconnect (accel_group, slist->data);
5466 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[ACCEL_CLOSURES_CHANGED], 0);
5468 g_list_free (clist);
5473 g_list_free (clist);
5475 g_warning (G_STRLOC ": no accelerator (%u,%u) installed in accel group (%p) for %s (%p)",
5476 accel_key, accel_mods, accel_group,
5477 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
5483 * gtk_widget_list_accel_closures:
5484 * @widget: widget to list accelerator closures for
5486 * Lists the closures used by @widget for accelerator group connections
5487 * with gtk_accel_group_connect_by_path() or gtk_accel_group_connect().
5488 * The closures can be used to monitor accelerator changes on @widget,
5489 * by connecting to the @GtkAccelGroup::accel-changed signal of the
5490 * #GtkAccelGroup of a closure which can be found out with
5491 * gtk_accel_group_from_accel_closure().
5493 * Return value: (transfer container) (element-type GClosure):
5494 * a newly allocated #GList of closures
5497 gtk_widget_list_accel_closures (GtkWidget *widget)
5500 GList *clist = NULL;
5502 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
5504 for (slist = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_closures); slist; slist = slist->next)
5505 if (gtk_accel_group_from_accel_closure (slist->data))
5506 clist = g_list_prepend (clist, slist->data);
5512 GtkAccelGroup *accel_group;
5517 destroy_accel_path (gpointer data)
5519 AccelPath *apath = data;
5521 gtk_accel_group_disconnect (apath->accel_group, apath->closure);
5523 /* closures_destroy takes care of unrefing the closure */
5524 g_object_unref (apath->accel_group);
5526 g_slice_free (AccelPath, apath);
5531 * gtk_widget_set_accel_path:
5532 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
5533 * @accel_path: (allow-none): path used to look up the accelerator
5534 * @accel_group: (allow-none): a #GtkAccelGroup.
5536 * Given an accelerator group, @accel_group, and an accelerator path,
5537 * @accel_path, sets up an accelerator in @accel_group so whenever the
5538 * key binding that is defined for @accel_path is pressed, @widget
5539 * will be activated. This removes any accelerators (for any
5540 * accelerator group) installed by previous calls to
5541 * gtk_widget_set_accel_path(). Associating accelerators with
5542 * paths allows them to be modified by the user and the modifications
5543 * to be saved for future use. (See gtk_accel_map_save().)
5545 * This function is a low level function that would most likely
5546 * be used by a menu creation system like #GtkUIManager. If you
5547 * use #GtkUIManager, setting up accelerator paths will be done
5550 * Even when you you aren't using #GtkUIManager, if you only want to
5551 * set up accelerators on menu items gtk_menu_item_set_accel_path()
5552 * provides a somewhat more convenient interface.
5554 * Note that @accel_path string will be stored in a #GQuark. Therefore, if you
5555 * pass a static string, you can save some memory by interning it first with
5556 * g_intern_static_string().
5559 gtk_widget_set_accel_path (GtkWidget *widget,
5560 const gchar *accel_path,
5561 GtkAccelGroup *accel_group)
5565 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
5566 g_return_if_fail (GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->activate_signal != 0);
5570 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_ACCEL_GROUP (accel_group));
5571 g_return_if_fail (_gtk_accel_path_is_valid (accel_path));
5573 gtk_accel_map_add_entry (accel_path, 0, 0);
5574 apath = g_slice_new (AccelPath);
5575 apath->accel_group = g_object_ref (accel_group);
5576 apath->path_quark = g_quark_from_string (accel_path);
5577 apath->closure = widget_new_accel_closure (widget, GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->activate_signal);
5582 /* also removes possible old settings */
5583 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_path, apath, destroy_accel_path);
5586 gtk_accel_group_connect_by_path (apath->accel_group, g_quark_to_string (apath->path_quark), apath->closure);
5588 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[ACCEL_CLOSURES_CHANGED], 0);
5592 _gtk_widget_get_accel_path (GtkWidget *widget,
5597 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
5599 apath = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_path);
5601 *locked = apath ? gtk_accel_group_get_is_locked (apath->accel_group) : TRUE;
5602 return apath ? g_quark_to_string (apath->path_quark) : NULL;
5606 * gtk_widget_mnemonic_activate:
5607 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
5608 * @group_cycling: %TRUE if there are other widgets with the same mnemonic
5610 * Emits the #GtkWidget::mnemonic-activate signal.
5612 * The default handler for this signal activates the @widget if
5613 * @group_cycling is %FALSE, and just grabs the focus if @group_cycling
5616 * Returns: %TRUE if the signal has been handled
5619 gtk_widget_mnemonic_activate (GtkWidget *widget,
5620 gboolean group_cycling)
5624 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
5626 group_cycling = group_cycling != FALSE;
5627 if (!gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget))
5630 g_signal_emit (widget,
5631 widget_signals[MNEMONIC_ACTIVATE],
5639 gtk_widget_real_mnemonic_activate (GtkWidget *widget,
5640 gboolean group_cycling)
5642 if (!group_cycling && GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->activate_signal)
5643 gtk_widget_activate (widget);
5644 else if (gtk_widget_get_can_focus (widget))
5645 gtk_widget_grab_focus (widget);
5648 g_warning ("widget `%s' isn't suitable for mnemonic activation",
5649 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget));
5650 gtk_widget_error_bell (widget);
5655 static const cairo_user_data_key_t event_key;
5658 _gtk_cairo_get_event (cairo_t *cr)
5660 g_return_val_if_fail (cr != NULL, NULL);
5662 return cairo_get_user_data (cr, &event_key);
5666 gtk_cairo_set_event (cairo_t *cr,
5667 GdkEventExpose *event)
5669 cairo_set_user_data (cr, &event_key, event, NULL);
5673 * gtk_cairo_should_draw_window:
5674 * @cr: a cairo context
5675 * @window: the window to check. @window may not be an input-only
5678 * This function is supposed to be called in #GtkWidget::draw
5679 * implementations for widgets that support multiple windows.
5680 * @cr must be untransformed from invoking of the draw function.
5681 * This function will return %TRUE if the contents of the given
5682 * @window are supposed to be drawn and %FALSE otherwise. Note
5683 * that when the drawing was not initiated by the windowing
5684 * system this function will return %TRUE for all windows, so
5685 * you need to draw the bottommost window first. Also, do not
5686 * use "else if" statements to check which window should be drawn.
5688 * Returns: %TRUE if @window should be drawn
5693 gtk_cairo_should_draw_window (cairo_t *cr,
5696 GdkEventExpose *event;
5698 g_return_val_if_fail (cr != NULL, FALSE);
5699 g_return_val_if_fail (GDK_IS_WINDOW (window), FALSE);
5701 event = _gtk_cairo_get_event (cr);
5703 return event == NULL ||
5704 event->window == window;
5708 gtk_widget_get_clip_draw (GtkWidget *widget)
5710 /* labels are not clipped, because clipping them would cause
5711 * mnemonics to not appear on characters that go beyond the
5713 * https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=648570
5715 if (GTK_IS_LABEL (widget))
5721 /* code shared by gtk_container_propagate_draw() and
5725 _gtk_widget_draw_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
5727 gboolean clip_to_size)
5729 if (!gtk_widget_is_drawable (widget))
5732 clip_to_size &= gtk_widget_get_clip_draw (widget);
5736 cairo_rectangle (cr,
5738 widget->priv->allocation.width,
5739 widget->priv->allocation.height);
5743 if (gdk_cairo_get_clip_rectangle (cr, NULL))
5747 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[DRAW],
5751 if (cairo_status (cr) &&
5752 _gtk_cairo_get_event (cr))
5754 /* We check the event so we only warn about internal GTK calls.
5755 * Errors might come from PDF streams having write failures and
5756 * we don't want to spam stderr in that case.
5757 * We do want to catch errors from
5759 g_warning ("drawing failure for widget `%s': %s",
5760 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget),
5761 cairo_status_to_string (cairo_status (cr)));
5768 * @widget: the widget to draw. It must be drawable (see
5769 * gtk_widget_is_drawable()) and a size must have been allocated.
5770 * @cr: a cairo context to draw to
5772 * Draws @widget to @cr. The top left corner of the widget will be
5773 * drawn to the currently set origin point of @cr.
5775 * You should pass a cairo context as @cr argument that is in an
5776 * original state. Otherwise the resulting drawing is undefined. For
5777 * example changing the operator using cairo_set_operator() or the
5778 * line width using cairo_set_line_width() might have unwanted side
5780 * You may however change the context's transform matrix - like with
5781 * cairo_scale(), cairo_translate() or cairo_set_matrix() and clip
5782 * region with cairo_clip() prior to calling this function. Also, it
5783 * is fine to modify the context with cairo_save() and
5784 * cairo_push_group() prior to calling this function.
5786 * <note><para>Special purpose widgets may contain special code for
5787 * rendering to the screen and might appear differently on screen
5788 * and when rendered using gtk_widget_draw().</para></note>
5793 gtk_widget_draw (GtkWidget *widget,
5796 GdkEventExpose *tmp_event;
5798 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
5799 g_return_if_fail (!widget->priv->alloc_needed);
5800 g_return_if_fail (cr != NULL);
5803 /* We have to reset the event here so that draw functions can call
5804 * gtk_widget_draw() on random other widgets and get the desired
5805 * effect: Drawing all contents, not just the current window.
5807 tmp_event = _gtk_cairo_get_event (cr);
5808 gtk_cairo_set_event (cr, NULL);
5810 _gtk_widget_draw_internal (widget, cr, TRUE);
5812 gtk_cairo_set_event (cr, tmp_event);
5817 gtk_widget_real_key_press_event (GtkWidget *widget,
5820 return gtk_bindings_activate_event (G_OBJECT (widget), event);
5824 gtk_widget_real_key_release_event (GtkWidget *widget,
5827 return gtk_bindings_activate_event (G_OBJECT (widget), event);
5831 gtk_widget_real_focus_in_event (GtkWidget *widget,
5832 GdkEventFocus *event)
5834 gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
5840 gtk_widget_real_focus_out_event (GtkWidget *widget,
5841 GdkEventFocus *event)
5843 gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
5849 gtk_widget_real_touch_event (GtkWidget *widget,
5850 GdkEventTouch *event)
5853 gboolean return_val;
5856 if (!event->emulating_pointer)
5859 if (event->type == GDK_TOUCH_BEGIN ||
5860 event->type == GDK_TOUCH_END)
5864 if (event->type == GDK_TOUCH_BEGIN)
5866 type = GDK_BUTTON_PRESS;
5867 signum = BUTTON_PRESS_EVENT;
5871 type = GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE;
5872 signum = BUTTON_RELEASE_EVENT;
5874 bevent = gdk_event_new (type);
5875 bevent->any.window = g_object_ref (event->window);
5876 bevent->any.send_event = FALSE;
5877 bevent->button.time = event->time;
5878 bevent->button.state = event->state;
5879 bevent->button.button = 1;
5880 bevent->button.x_root = event->x_root;
5881 bevent->button.y_root = event->y_root;
5882 bevent->button.x = event->x;
5883 bevent->button.y = event->y;
5884 bevent->button.device = event->device;
5885 bevent->button.axes = g_memdup (event->axes,
5886 sizeof (gdouble) * gdk_device_get_n_axes (event->device));
5887 gdk_event_set_source_device (bevent, gdk_event_get_source_device ((GdkEvent*)event));
5889 else if (event->type == GDK_TOUCH_UPDATE)
5891 signum = MOTION_NOTIFY_EVENT;
5892 bevent = gdk_event_new (GDK_MOTION_NOTIFY);
5893 bevent->any.window = g_object_ref (event->window);
5894 bevent->any.send_event = FALSE;
5895 bevent->motion.time = event->time;
5896 bevent->motion.state = event->state;
5897 bevent->motion.x_root = event->x_root;
5898 bevent->motion.y_root = event->y_root;
5899 bevent->motion.x = event->x;
5900 bevent->motion.y = event->y;
5901 bevent->motion.device = event->device;
5902 bevent->motion.is_hint = FALSE;
5903 bevent->motion.axes = g_memdup (event->axes,
5904 sizeof (gdouble) * gdk_device_get_n_axes (event->device));
5905 gdk_event_set_source_device (bevent, gdk_event_get_source_device ((GdkEvent*)event));
5910 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[signum], 0, bevent, &return_val);
5912 gdk_event_free (bevent);
5918 #define WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT(widget, event) \
5919 (event->type == GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE || gtk_widget_get_realized(widget))
5923 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
5924 * @event: a #GdkEvent
5926 * Rarely-used function. This function is used to emit
5927 * the event signals on a widget (those signals should never
5928 * be emitted without using this function to do so).
5929 * If you want to synthesize an event though, don't use this function;
5930 * instead, use gtk_main_do_event() so the event will behave as if
5931 * it were in the event queue. Don't synthesize expose events; instead,
5932 * use gdk_window_invalidate_rect() to invalidate a region of the
5935 * Return value: return from the event signal emission (%TRUE if
5936 * the event was handled)
5939 gtk_widget_event (GtkWidget *widget,
5942 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), TRUE);
5943 g_return_val_if_fail (WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT (widget, event), TRUE);
5945 if (event->type == GDK_EXPOSE)
5947 g_warning ("Events of type GDK_EXPOSE cannot be synthesized. To get "
5948 "the same effect, call gdk_window_invalidate_rect/region(), "
5949 "followed by gdk_window_process_updates().");
5953 return gtk_widget_event_internal (widget, event);
5957 _gtk_widget_set_captured_event_handler (GtkWidget *widget,
5958 GtkCapturedEventHandler callback)
5960 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (widget), "captured-event-handler", callback);
5964 _gtk_widget_captured_event (GtkWidget *widget,
5967 gboolean return_val = FALSE;
5968 GtkCapturedEventHandler handler;
5970 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), TRUE);
5971 g_return_val_if_fail (WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT (widget, event), TRUE);
5973 if (event->type == GDK_EXPOSE)
5975 g_warning ("Events of type GDK_EXPOSE cannot be synthesized. To get "
5976 "the same effect, call gdk_window_invalidate_rect/region(), "
5977 "followed by gdk_window_process_updates().");
5981 if (!event_window_is_still_viewable (event))
5984 handler = g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (widget), "captured-event-handler");
5988 g_object_ref (widget);
5990 return_val = handler (widget, event);
5991 return_val |= !WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT (widget, event);
5993 /* The widget that was originally to receive the event
5994 * handles motion hints, but the capturing widget might
5995 * not, so ensure we get further motion events.
5998 event->type == GDK_MOTION_NOTIFY &&
5999 event->motion.is_hint &&
6000 (gdk_window_get_events (event->any.window) &
6001 GDK_POINTER_MOTION_HINT_MASK) != 0)
6002 gdk_event_request_motions (&event->motion);
6004 g_object_unref (widget);
6009 /* Returns TRUE if a translation should be done */
6011 _gtk_widget_get_translation_to_window (GtkWidget *widget,
6016 GdkWindow *w, *widget_window;
6018 if (!gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
6020 *x = -widget->priv->allocation.x;
6021 *y = -widget->priv->allocation.y;
6029 widget_window = gtk_widget_get_window (widget);
6031 for (w = window; w && w != widget_window; w = gdk_window_get_parent (w))
6034 gdk_window_get_position (w, &wx, &wy);
6051 * gtk_cairo_transform_to_window:
6052 * @cr: the cairo context to transform
6053 * @widget: the widget the context is currently centered for
6054 * @window: the window to transform the context to
6056 * Transforms the given cairo context @cr that from @widget-relative
6057 * coordinates to @window-relative coordinates.
6058 * If the @widget's window is not an ancestor of @window, no
6059 * modification will be applied.
6061 * This is the inverse to the transformation GTK applies when
6062 * preparing an expose event to be emitted with the #GtkWidget::draw
6063 * signal. It is intended to help porting multiwindow widgets from
6064 * GTK+ 2 to the rendering architecture of GTK+ 3.
6069 gtk_cairo_transform_to_window (cairo_t *cr,
6075 g_return_if_fail (cr != NULL);
6076 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
6077 g_return_if_fail (GDK_IS_WINDOW (window));
6079 if (_gtk_widget_get_translation_to_window (widget, window, &x, &y))
6080 cairo_translate (cr, x, y);
6084 * gtk_widget_send_expose:
6085 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6086 * @event: a expose #GdkEvent
6088 * Very rarely-used function. This function is used to emit
6089 * an expose event on a widget. This function is not normally used
6090 * directly. The only time it is used is when propagating an expose
6091 * event to a child %NO_WINDOW widget, and that is normally done
6092 * using gtk_container_propagate_draw().
6094 * If you want to force an area of a window to be redrawn,
6095 * use gdk_window_invalidate_rect() or gdk_window_invalidate_region().
6096 * To cause the redraw to be done immediately, follow that call
6097 * with a call to gdk_window_process_updates().
6099 * Return value: return from the event signal emission (%TRUE if
6100 * the event was handled)
6103 gtk_widget_send_expose (GtkWidget *widget,
6106 gboolean result = FALSE;
6111 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), TRUE);
6112 g_return_val_if_fail (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget), TRUE);
6113 g_return_val_if_fail (event != NULL, TRUE);
6114 g_return_val_if_fail (event->type == GDK_EXPOSE, TRUE);
6116 cr = gdk_cairo_create (event->expose.window);
6117 gtk_cairo_set_event (cr, &event->expose);
6119 gdk_cairo_region (cr, event->expose.region);
6122 do_clip = _gtk_widget_get_translation_to_window (widget,
6123 event->expose.window,
6125 cairo_translate (cr, -x, -y);
6127 _gtk_widget_draw_internal (widget, cr, do_clip);
6129 /* unset here, so if someone keeps a reference to cr we
6130 * don't leak the window. */
6131 gtk_cairo_set_event (cr, NULL);
6138 event_window_is_still_viewable (GdkEvent *event)
6140 /* Check that we think the event's window is viewable before
6141 * delivering the event, to prevent suprises. We do this here
6142 * at the last moment, since the event may have been queued
6143 * up behind other events, held over a recursive main loop, etc.
6145 switch (event->type)
6148 case GDK_MOTION_NOTIFY:
6149 case GDK_BUTTON_PRESS:
6150 case GDK_2BUTTON_PRESS:
6151 case GDK_3BUTTON_PRESS:
6153 case GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY:
6154 case GDK_PROXIMITY_IN:
6156 return event->any.window && gdk_window_is_viewable (event->any.window);
6159 /* The following events are the second half of paired events;
6160 * we always deliver them to deal with widgets that clean up
6161 * on the second half.
6163 case GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE:
6164 case GDK_KEY_RELEASE:
6165 case GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY:
6166 case GDK_PROXIMITY_OUT:
6170 /* Remaining events would make sense on an not-viewable window,
6171 * or don't have an associated window.
6178 gtk_widget_event_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
6181 gboolean return_val = FALSE;
6183 /* We check only once for is-still-visible; if someone
6184 * hides the window in on of the signals on the widget,
6185 * they are responsible for returning TRUE to terminate
6188 if (!event_window_is_still_viewable (event))
6191 g_object_ref (widget);
6193 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[EVENT], 0, event, &return_val);
6194 return_val |= !WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT (widget, event);
6199 switch (event->type)
6205 case GDK_BUTTON_PRESS:
6206 case GDK_2BUTTON_PRESS:
6207 case GDK_3BUTTON_PRESS:
6208 signal_num = BUTTON_PRESS_EVENT;
6210 case GDK_TOUCH_BEGIN:
6211 case GDK_TOUCH_UPDATE:
6213 case GDK_TOUCH_CANCEL:
6214 signal_num = TOUCH_EVENT;
6217 signal_num = SCROLL_EVENT;
6219 case GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE:
6220 signal_num = BUTTON_RELEASE_EVENT;
6222 case GDK_MOTION_NOTIFY:
6223 signal_num = MOTION_NOTIFY_EVENT;
6226 signal_num = DELETE_EVENT;
6229 signal_num = DESTROY_EVENT;
6230 _gtk_tooltip_hide (widget);
6233 signal_num = KEY_PRESS_EVENT;
6235 case GDK_KEY_RELEASE:
6236 signal_num = KEY_RELEASE_EVENT;
6238 case GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY:
6239 signal_num = ENTER_NOTIFY_EVENT;
6241 case GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY:
6242 signal_num = LEAVE_NOTIFY_EVENT;
6244 case GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE:
6245 signal_num = event->focus_change.in ? FOCUS_IN_EVENT : FOCUS_OUT_EVENT;
6246 if (event->focus_change.in)
6247 _gtk_tooltip_focus_in (widget);
6249 _gtk_tooltip_focus_out (widget);
6252 signal_num = CONFIGURE_EVENT;
6255 signal_num = MAP_EVENT;
6258 signal_num = UNMAP_EVENT;
6260 case GDK_WINDOW_STATE:
6261 signal_num = WINDOW_STATE_EVENT;
6263 case GDK_PROPERTY_NOTIFY:
6264 signal_num = PROPERTY_NOTIFY_EVENT;
6266 case GDK_SELECTION_CLEAR:
6267 signal_num = SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT;
6269 case GDK_SELECTION_REQUEST:
6270 signal_num = SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT;
6272 case GDK_SELECTION_NOTIFY:
6273 signal_num = SELECTION_NOTIFY_EVENT;
6275 case GDK_PROXIMITY_IN:
6276 signal_num = PROXIMITY_IN_EVENT;
6278 case GDK_PROXIMITY_OUT:
6279 signal_num = PROXIMITY_OUT_EVENT;
6281 case GDK_VISIBILITY_NOTIFY:
6282 signal_num = VISIBILITY_NOTIFY_EVENT;
6284 case GDK_GRAB_BROKEN:
6285 signal_num = GRAB_BROKEN_EVENT;
6288 signal_num = DAMAGE_EVENT;
6291 g_warning ("gtk_widget_event(): unhandled event type: %d", event->type);
6295 if (signal_num != -1)
6296 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[signal_num], 0, event, &return_val);
6298 if (WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT (widget, event))
6299 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[EVENT_AFTER], 0, event);
6303 g_object_unref (widget);
6309 * gtk_widget_activate:
6310 * @widget: a #GtkWidget that's activatable
6312 * For widgets that can be "activated" (buttons, menu items, etc.)
6313 * this function activates them. Activation is what happens when you
6314 * press Enter on a widget during key navigation. If @widget isn't
6315 * activatable, the function returns %FALSE.
6317 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget was activatable
6320 gtk_widget_activate (GtkWidget *widget)
6322 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
6324 if (WIDGET_CLASS (widget)->activate_signal)
6326 /* FIXME: we should eventually check the signals signature here */
6327 g_signal_emit (widget, WIDGET_CLASS (widget)->activate_signal, 0);
6336 gtk_widget_reparent_subwindows (GtkWidget *widget,
6337 GdkWindow *new_window)
6339 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
6341 if (!gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
6343 GList *children = gdk_window_get_children (priv->window);
6346 for (tmp_list = children; tmp_list; tmp_list = tmp_list->next)
6348 GdkWindow *window = tmp_list->data;
6351 gdk_window_get_user_data (window, &child);
6352 while (child && child != widget)
6353 child = ((GtkWidget*) child)->priv->parent;
6356 gdk_window_reparent (window, new_window, 0, 0);
6359 g_list_free (children);
6364 GList *tmp_list, *children;
6366 parent = gdk_window_get_parent (priv->window);
6369 gdk_window_reparent (priv->window, new_window, 0, 0);
6372 children = gdk_window_get_children (parent);
6374 for (tmp_list = children; tmp_list; tmp_list = tmp_list->next)
6376 GdkWindow *window = tmp_list->data;
6379 gdk_window_get_user_data (window, &child);
6381 if (child == widget)
6382 gdk_window_reparent (window, new_window, 0, 0);
6385 g_list_free (children);
6391 gtk_widget_reparent_fixup_child (GtkWidget *widget,
6392 gpointer client_data)
6394 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
6396 g_assert (client_data != NULL);
6398 if (!gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
6401 g_object_unref (priv->window);
6402 priv->window = (GdkWindow*) client_data;
6404 g_object_ref (priv->window);
6406 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
6407 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
6408 gtk_widget_reparent_fixup_child,
6414 * gtk_widget_reparent:
6415 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6416 * @new_parent: a #GtkContainer to move the widget into
6418 * Moves a widget from one #GtkContainer to another, handling reference
6419 * count issues to avoid destroying the widget.
6422 gtk_widget_reparent (GtkWidget *widget,
6423 GtkWidget *new_parent)
6425 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
6427 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
6428 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (new_parent));
6429 priv = widget->priv;
6430 g_return_if_fail (priv->parent != NULL);
6432 if (priv->parent != new_parent)
6434 /* First try to see if we can get away without unrealizing
6435 * the widget as we reparent it. if so we set a flag so
6436 * that gtk_widget_unparent doesn't unrealize widget
6438 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget) && gtk_widget_get_realized (new_parent))
6439 priv->in_reparent = TRUE;
6441 g_object_ref (widget);
6442 gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (priv->parent), widget);
6443 gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (new_parent), widget);
6444 g_object_unref (widget);
6446 if (priv->in_reparent)
6448 priv->in_reparent = FALSE;
6450 gtk_widget_reparent_subwindows (widget, gtk_widget_get_parent_window (widget));
6451 gtk_widget_reparent_fixup_child (widget,
6452 gtk_widget_get_parent_window (widget));
6455 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "parent");
6460 * gtk_widget_intersect:
6461 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6462 * @area: a rectangle
6463 * @intersection: rectangle to store intersection of @widget and @area
6465 * Computes the intersection of a @widget's area and @area, storing
6466 * the intersection in @intersection, and returns %TRUE if there was
6467 * an intersection. @intersection may be %NULL if you're only
6468 * interested in whether there was an intersection.
6470 * Return value: %TRUE if there was an intersection
6473 gtk_widget_intersect (GtkWidget *widget,
6474 const GdkRectangle *area,
6475 GdkRectangle *intersection)
6477 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
6482 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
6483 g_return_val_if_fail (area != NULL, FALSE);
6485 priv = widget->priv;
6488 dest = intersection;
6492 return_val = gdk_rectangle_intersect (&priv->allocation, area, dest);
6494 if (return_val && intersection && gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
6496 intersection->x -= priv->allocation.x;
6497 intersection->y -= priv->allocation.y;
6504 * gtk_widget_region_intersect:
6505 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6506 * @region: a #cairo_region_t, in the same coordinate system as
6507 * @widget->allocation. That is, relative to @widget->window
6508 * for %NO_WINDOW widgets; relative to the parent window
6509 * of @widget->window for widgets with their own window.
6511 * Computes the intersection of a @widget's area and @region, returning
6512 * the intersection. The result may be empty, use cairo_region_is_empty() to
6515 * Returns: A newly allocated region holding the intersection of @widget
6516 * and @region. The coordinates of the return value are relative to
6517 * @widget->window for %NO_WINDOW widgets, and relative to the parent
6518 * window of @widget->window for widgets with their own window.
6521 gtk_widget_region_intersect (GtkWidget *widget,
6522 const cairo_region_t *region)
6525 cairo_region_t *dest;
6527 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
6528 g_return_val_if_fail (region != NULL, NULL);
6530 gtk_widget_get_allocation (widget, &rect);
6532 dest = cairo_region_create_rectangle (&rect);
6534 cairo_region_intersect (dest, region);
6540 * _gtk_widget_grab_notify:
6541 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6542 * @was_grabbed: whether a grab is now in effect
6544 * Emits the #GtkWidget::grab-notify signal on @widget.
6549 _gtk_widget_grab_notify (GtkWidget *widget,
6550 gboolean was_grabbed)
6552 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[GRAB_NOTIFY], 0, was_grabbed);
6556 * gtk_widget_grab_focus:
6557 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6559 * Causes @widget to have the keyboard focus for the #GtkWindow it's
6560 * inside. @widget must be a focusable widget, such as a #GtkEntry;
6561 * something like #GtkFrame won't work.
6563 * More precisely, it must have the %GTK_CAN_FOCUS flag set. Use
6564 * gtk_widget_set_can_focus() to modify that flag.
6566 * The widget also needs to be realized and mapped. This is indicated by the
6567 * related signals. Grabbing the focus immediately after creating the widget
6568 * will likely fail and cause critical warnings.
6571 gtk_widget_grab_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
6573 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
6575 if (!gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget))
6578 g_object_ref (widget);
6579 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[GRAB_FOCUS], 0);
6580 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "has-focus");
6581 g_object_unref (widget);
6585 reset_focus_recurse (GtkWidget *widget,
6588 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
6590 GtkContainer *container;
6592 container = GTK_CONTAINER (widget);
6593 gtk_container_set_focus_child (container, NULL);
6595 gtk_container_foreach (container,
6596 reset_focus_recurse,
6602 gtk_widget_real_grab_focus (GtkWidget *focus_widget)
6604 if (gtk_widget_get_can_focus (focus_widget))
6606 GtkWidget *toplevel;
6609 /* clear the current focus setting, break if the current widget
6610 * is the focus widget's parent, since containers above that will
6611 * be set by the next loop.
6613 toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (focus_widget);
6614 if (gtk_widget_is_toplevel (toplevel) && GTK_IS_WINDOW (toplevel))
6616 widget = gtk_window_get_focus (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel));
6618 if (widget == focus_widget)
6620 /* We call _gtk_window_internal_set_focus() here so that the
6621 * toplevel window can request the focus if necessary.
6622 * This is needed when the toplevel is a GtkPlug
6624 if (!gtk_widget_has_focus (widget))
6625 _gtk_window_internal_set_focus (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel), focus_widget);
6632 GtkWidget *common_ancestor = gtk_widget_common_ancestor (widget, focus_widget);
6634 if (widget != common_ancestor)
6636 while (widget->priv->parent && widget->priv->parent != common_ancestor)
6638 widget = widget->priv->parent;
6639 gtk_container_set_focus_child (GTK_CONTAINER (widget), NULL);
6644 else if (toplevel != focus_widget)
6646 /* gtk_widget_grab_focus() operates on a tree without window...
6647 * actually, this is very questionable behaviour.
6650 gtk_container_foreach (GTK_CONTAINER (toplevel),
6651 reset_focus_recurse,
6655 /* now propagate the new focus up the widget tree and finally
6656 * set it on the window
6658 widget = focus_widget;
6659 while (widget->priv->parent)
6661 gtk_container_set_focus_child (GTK_CONTAINER (widget->priv->parent), widget);
6662 widget = widget->priv->parent;
6664 if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (widget))
6665 _gtk_window_internal_set_focus (GTK_WINDOW (widget), focus_widget);
6670 gtk_widget_real_query_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget,
6673 gboolean keyboard_tip,
6674 GtkTooltip *tooltip)
6676 gchar *tooltip_markup;
6677 gboolean has_tooltip;
6679 tooltip_markup = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_tooltip_markup);
6680 has_tooltip = GPOINTER_TO_UINT (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_has_tooltip));
6682 if (has_tooltip && tooltip_markup)
6684 gtk_tooltip_set_markup (tooltip, tooltip_markup);
6692 gtk_widget_real_state_flags_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
6693 GtkStateFlags old_state)
6695 gtk_widget_update_pango_context (widget);
6699 gtk_widget_real_style_updated (GtkWidget *widget)
6701 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
6703 gtk_widget_update_pango_context (widget);
6705 if (priv->style != NULL &&
6706 priv->style != gtk_widget_get_default_style ())
6708 /* Trigger ::style-set for old
6709 * widgets not listening to this
6711 g_signal_emit (widget,
6712 widget_signals[STYLE_SET],
6714 widget->priv->style);
6717 if (widget->priv->context)
6719 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget) &&
6720 gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget) &&
6721 !gtk_widget_get_app_paintable (widget))
6722 gtk_style_context_set_background (widget->priv->context,
6723 widget->priv->window);
6726 if (widget->priv->anchored)
6727 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
6731 gtk_widget_real_show_help (GtkWidget *widget,
6732 GtkWidgetHelpType help_type)
6734 if (help_type == GTK_WIDGET_HELP_TOOLTIP)
6736 _gtk_tooltip_toggle_keyboard_mode (widget);
6745 gtk_widget_real_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
6746 GtkDirectionType direction)
6748 if (!gtk_widget_get_can_focus (widget))
6751 if (!gtk_widget_is_focus (widget))
6753 gtk_widget_grab_focus (widget);
6761 gtk_widget_real_move_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
6762 GtkDirectionType direction)
6764 GtkWidget *toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
6766 if (widget != toplevel && GTK_IS_WINDOW (toplevel))
6768 g_signal_emit (toplevel, widget_signals[MOVE_FOCUS], 0,
6774 gtk_widget_real_keynav_failed (GtkWidget *widget,
6775 GtkDirectionType direction)
6777 gboolean cursor_only;
6781 case GTK_DIR_TAB_FORWARD:
6782 case GTK_DIR_TAB_BACKWARD:
6789 g_object_get (gtk_widget_get_settings (widget),
6790 "gtk-keynav-cursor-only", &cursor_only,
6797 gtk_widget_error_bell (widget);
6803 * gtk_widget_set_can_focus:
6804 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6805 * @can_focus: whether or not @widget can own the input focus.
6807 * Specifies whether @widget can own the input focus. See
6808 * gtk_widget_grab_focus() for actually setting the input focus on a
6814 gtk_widget_set_can_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
6817 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
6819 if (widget->priv->can_focus != can_focus)
6821 widget->priv->can_focus = can_focus;
6823 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
6824 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "can-focus");
6829 * gtk_widget_get_can_focus:
6830 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6832 * Determines whether @widget can own the input focus. See
6833 * gtk_widget_set_can_focus().
6835 * Return value: %TRUE if @widget can own the input focus, %FALSE otherwise
6840 gtk_widget_get_can_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
6842 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
6844 return widget->priv->can_focus;
6848 * gtk_widget_has_focus:
6849 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6851 * Determines if the widget has the global input focus. See
6852 * gtk_widget_is_focus() for the difference between having the global
6853 * input focus, and only having the focus within a toplevel.
6855 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget has the global input focus.
6860 gtk_widget_has_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
6862 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
6864 return widget->priv->has_focus;
6868 * gtk_widget_has_visible_focus:
6869 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6871 * Determines if the widget should show a visible indication that
6872 * it has the global input focus. This is a convenience function for
6873 * use in ::draw handlers that takes into account whether focus
6874 * indication should currently be shown in the toplevel window of
6875 * @widget. See gtk_window_get_focus_visible() for more information
6876 * about focus indication.
6878 * To find out if the widget has the global input focus, use
6879 * gtk_widget_has_focus().
6881 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget should display a 'focus rectangle'
6886 gtk_widget_has_visible_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
6888 gboolean draw_focus;
6890 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
6892 if (widget->priv->has_focus)
6894 GtkWidget *toplevel;
6896 toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
6898 if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (toplevel))
6899 draw_focus = gtk_window_get_focus_visible (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel));
6910 * gtk_widget_is_focus:
6911 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6913 * Determines if the widget is the focus widget within its
6914 * toplevel. (This does not mean that the %HAS_FOCUS flag is
6915 * necessarily set; %HAS_FOCUS will only be set if the
6916 * toplevel widget additionally has the global input focus.)
6918 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget is the focus widget.
6921 gtk_widget_is_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
6923 GtkWidget *toplevel;
6925 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
6927 toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
6929 if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (toplevel))
6930 return widget == gtk_window_get_focus (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel));
6936 * gtk_widget_set_can_default:
6937 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6938 * @can_default: whether or not @widget can be a default widget.
6940 * Specifies whether @widget can be a default widget. See
6941 * gtk_widget_grab_default() for details about the meaning of
6947 gtk_widget_set_can_default (GtkWidget *widget,
6948 gboolean can_default)
6950 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
6952 if (widget->priv->can_default != can_default)
6954 widget->priv->can_default = can_default;
6956 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
6957 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "can-default");
6962 * gtk_widget_get_can_default:
6963 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6965 * Determines whether @widget can be a default widget. See
6966 * gtk_widget_set_can_default().
6968 * Return value: %TRUE if @widget can be a default widget, %FALSE otherwise
6973 gtk_widget_get_can_default (GtkWidget *widget)
6975 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
6977 return widget->priv->can_default;
6981 * gtk_widget_has_default:
6982 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6984 * Determines whether @widget is the current default widget within its
6985 * toplevel. See gtk_widget_set_can_default().
6987 * Return value: %TRUE if @widget is the current default widget within
6988 * its toplevel, %FALSE otherwise
6993 gtk_widget_has_default (GtkWidget *widget)
6995 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
6997 return widget->priv->has_default;
7001 _gtk_widget_set_has_default (GtkWidget *widget,
7002 gboolean has_default)
7004 GtkStyleContext *context;
7006 widget->priv->has_default = has_default;
7008 context = gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget);
7011 gtk_style_context_add_class (context, GTK_STYLE_CLASS_DEFAULT);
7013 gtk_style_context_remove_class (context, GTK_STYLE_CLASS_DEFAULT);
7017 * gtk_widget_grab_default:
7018 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7020 * Causes @widget to become the default widget. @widget must be able to be
7021 * a default widget; typically you would ensure this yourself
7022 * by calling gtk_widget_set_can_default() with a %TRUE value.
7023 * The default widget is activated when
7024 * the user presses Enter in a window. Default widgets must be
7025 * activatable, that is, gtk_widget_activate() should affect them. Note
7026 * that #GtkEntry widgets require the "activates-default" property
7027 * set to %TRUE before they activate the default widget when Enter
7028 * is pressed and the #GtkEntry is focused.
7031 gtk_widget_grab_default (GtkWidget *widget)
7035 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7036 g_return_if_fail (gtk_widget_get_can_default (widget));
7038 window = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
7040 if (window && gtk_widget_is_toplevel (window))
7041 gtk_window_set_default (GTK_WINDOW (window), widget);
7043 g_warning (G_STRLOC ": widget not within a GtkWindow");
7047 * gtk_widget_set_receives_default:
7048 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7049 * @receives_default: whether or not @widget can be a default widget.
7051 * Specifies whether @widget will be treated as the default widget
7052 * within its toplevel when it has the focus, even if another widget
7055 * See gtk_widget_grab_default() for details about the meaning of
7061 gtk_widget_set_receives_default (GtkWidget *widget,
7062 gboolean receives_default)
7064 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7066 if (widget->priv->receives_default != receives_default)
7068 widget->priv->receives_default = receives_default;
7070 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "receives-default");
7075 * gtk_widget_get_receives_default:
7076 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7078 * Determines whether @widget is alyways treated as default widget
7079 * withing its toplevel when it has the focus, even if another widget
7082 * See gtk_widget_set_receives_default().
7084 * Return value: %TRUE if @widget acts as default widget when focussed,
7090 gtk_widget_get_receives_default (GtkWidget *widget)
7092 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7094 return widget->priv->receives_default;
7098 * gtk_widget_has_grab:
7099 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7101 * Determines whether the widget is currently grabbing events, so it
7102 * is the only widget receiving input events (keyboard and mouse).
7104 * See also gtk_grab_add().
7106 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget is in the grab_widgets stack
7111 gtk_widget_has_grab (GtkWidget *widget)
7113 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7115 return widget->priv->has_grab;
7119 _gtk_widget_set_has_grab (GtkWidget *widget,
7122 widget->priv->has_grab = has_grab;
7126 * gtk_widget_device_is_shadowed:
7127 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7128 * @device: a #GdkDevice
7130 * Returns %TRUE if @device has been shadowed by a GTK+
7131 * device grab on another widget, so it would stop sending
7132 * events to @widget. This may be used in the
7133 * #GtkWidget::grab-notify signal to check for specific
7134 * devices. See gtk_device_grab_add().
7136 * Returns: %TRUE if there is an ongoing grab on @device
7137 * by another #GtkWidget than @widget.
7142 gtk_widget_device_is_shadowed (GtkWidget *widget,
7145 GtkWindowGroup *group;
7146 GtkWidget *grab_widget, *toplevel;
7148 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7149 g_return_val_if_fail (GDK_IS_DEVICE (device), FALSE);
7151 if (!gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
7154 toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
7156 if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (toplevel))
7157 group = gtk_window_get_group (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel));
7159 group = gtk_window_get_group (NULL);
7161 grab_widget = gtk_window_group_get_current_device_grab (group, device);
7163 /* Widget not inside the hierarchy of grab_widget */
7165 widget != grab_widget &&
7166 !gtk_widget_is_ancestor (widget, grab_widget))
7169 grab_widget = gtk_window_group_get_current_grab (group);
7170 if (grab_widget && widget != grab_widget &&
7171 !gtk_widget_is_ancestor (widget, grab_widget))
7178 * gtk_widget_set_name:
7179 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7180 * @name: name for the widget
7182 * Widgets can be named, which allows you to refer to them from a
7183 * CSS file. You can apply a style to widgets with a particular name
7184 * in the CSS file. See the documentation for the CSS syntax (on the
7185 * same page as the docs for #GtkStyleContext).
7187 * Note that the CSS syntax has certain special characters to delimit
7188 * and represent elements in a selector (period, #, >, *...),
7189 * so using these will make your widget impossible to match by name.
7190 * Any combination of alphanumeric symbols, dashes and underscores will
7194 gtk_widget_set_name (GtkWidget *widget,
7197 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
7200 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7202 priv = widget->priv;
7204 new_name = g_strdup (name);
7205 g_free (priv->name);
7206 priv->name = new_name;
7208 _gtk_widget_invalidate_style_context (widget, GTK_CSS_CHANGE_NAME);
7210 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "name");
7214 * gtk_widget_get_name:
7215 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7217 * Retrieves the name of a widget. See gtk_widget_set_name() for the
7218 * significance of widget names.
7220 * Return value: name of the widget. This string is owned by GTK+ and
7221 * should not be modified or freed
7224 gtk_widget_get_name (GtkWidget *widget)
7226 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
7228 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
7230 priv = widget->priv;
7234 return G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget);
7238 _gtk_widget_update_state_flags (GtkWidget *widget,
7239 GtkStateFlags flags,
7242 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
7244 priv = widget->priv;
7246 /* Handle insensitive first, since it is propagated
7247 * differently throughout the widget hierarchy.
7249 if ((priv->state_flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE) && (flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE) && (operation == STATE_CHANGE_UNSET))
7250 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (widget, TRUE);
7251 else if (!(priv->state_flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE) && (flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE) && (operation != STATE_CHANGE_UNSET))
7252 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (widget, FALSE);
7253 else if ((priv->state_flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE) && !(flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE) && (operation == STATE_CHANGE_REPLACE))
7254 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (widget, TRUE);
7256 if (operation != STATE_CHANGE_REPLACE)
7257 flags &= ~(GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE);
7260 operation == STATE_CHANGE_REPLACE)
7265 data.operation = operation;
7267 gtk_widget_propagate_state (widget, &data);
7272 * gtk_widget_set_state_flags:
7273 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7274 * @flags: State flags to turn on
7275 * @clear: Whether to clear state before turning on @flags
7277 * This function is for use in widget implementations. Turns on flag
7278 * values in the current widget state (insensitive, prelighted, etc.).
7280 * It is worth mentioning that any other state than %GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE,
7281 * will be propagated down to all non-internal children if @widget is a
7282 * #GtkContainer, while %GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE itself will be propagated
7283 * down to all #GtkContainer children by different means than turning on the
7284 * state flag down the hierarchy, both gtk_widget_get_state_flags() and
7285 * gtk_widget_is_sensitive() will make use of these.
7290 gtk_widget_set_state_flags (GtkWidget *widget,
7291 GtkStateFlags flags,
7294 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7296 if ((!clear && (widget->priv->state_flags & flags) == flags) ||
7297 (clear && widget->priv->state_flags == flags))
7301 _gtk_widget_update_state_flags (widget, flags, STATE_CHANGE_REPLACE);
7303 _gtk_widget_update_state_flags (widget, flags, STATE_CHANGE_SET);
7307 * gtk_widget_unset_state_flags:
7308 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7309 * @flags: State flags to turn off
7311 * This function is for use in widget implementations. Turns off flag
7312 * values for the current widget state (insensitive, prelighted, etc.).
7313 * See gtk_widget_set_state_flags().
7318 gtk_widget_unset_state_flags (GtkWidget *widget,
7319 GtkStateFlags flags)
7321 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7323 if ((widget->priv->state_flags & flags) == 0)
7326 _gtk_widget_update_state_flags (widget, flags, STATE_CHANGE_UNSET);
7330 * gtk_widget_get_state_flags:
7331 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7333 * Returns the widget state as a flag set. It is worth mentioning
7334 * that the effective %GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE state will be
7335 * returned, that is, also based on parent insensitivity, even if
7336 * @widget itself is sensitive.
7338 * Returns: The state flags for widget
7343 gtk_widget_get_state_flags (GtkWidget *widget)
7345 GtkStateFlags flags;
7347 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
7349 flags = widget->priv->state_flags;
7351 if (gtk_widget_has_focus (widget))
7352 flags |= GTK_STATE_FLAG_FOCUSED;
7358 * gtk_widget_set_state:
7359 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7360 * @state: new state for @widget
7362 * This function is for use in widget implementations. Sets the state
7363 * of a widget (insensitive, prelighted, etc.) Usually you should set
7364 * the state using wrapper functions such as gtk_widget_set_sensitive().
7366 * Deprecated: 3.0. Use gtk_widget_set_state_flags() instead.
7369 gtk_widget_set_state (GtkWidget *widget,
7372 GtkStateFlags flags;
7374 if (state == gtk_widget_get_state (widget))
7379 case GTK_STATE_ACTIVE:
7380 flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_ACTIVE;
7382 case GTK_STATE_PRELIGHT:
7383 flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_PRELIGHT;
7385 case GTK_STATE_SELECTED:
7386 flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_SELECTED;
7388 case GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE:
7389 flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE;
7391 case GTK_STATE_INCONSISTENT:
7392 flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_INCONSISTENT;
7394 case GTK_STATE_FOCUSED:
7395 flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_FOCUSED;
7397 case GTK_STATE_NORMAL:
7403 _gtk_widget_update_state_flags (widget, flags, STATE_CHANGE_REPLACE);
7407 * gtk_widget_get_state:
7408 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7410 * Returns the widget's state. See gtk_widget_set_state().
7412 * Returns: the state of @widget.
7416 * Deprecated: 3.0. Use gtk_widget_get_state_flags() instead.
7419 gtk_widget_get_state (GtkWidget *widget)
7421 GtkStateFlags flags;
7423 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), GTK_STATE_NORMAL);
7425 flags = gtk_widget_get_state_flags (widget);
7427 if (flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE)
7428 return GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE;
7429 else if (flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_ACTIVE)
7430 return GTK_STATE_ACTIVE;
7431 else if (flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_SELECTED)
7432 return GTK_STATE_SELECTED;
7433 else if (flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_PRELIGHT)
7434 return GTK_STATE_PRELIGHT;
7436 return GTK_STATE_NORMAL;
7440 * gtk_widget_set_visible:
7441 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7442 * @visible: whether the widget should be shown or not
7444 * Sets the visibility state of @widget. Note that setting this to
7445 * %TRUE doesn't mean the widget is actually viewable, see
7446 * gtk_widget_get_visible().
7448 * This function simply calls gtk_widget_show() or gtk_widget_hide()
7449 * but is nicer to use when the visibility of the widget depends on
7455 gtk_widget_set_visible (GtkWidget *widget,
7458 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7460 if (visible != gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
7463 gtk_widget_show (widget);
7465 gtk_widget_hide (widget);
7470 _gtk_widget_set_visible_flag (GtkWidget *widget,
7473 widget->priv->visible = visible;
7477 * gtk_widget_get_visible:
7478 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7480 * Determines whether the widget is visible. If you want to
7481 * take into account whether the widget's parent is also marked as
7482 * visible, use gtk_widget_is_visible() instead.
7484 * This function does not check if the widget is obscured in any way.
7486 * See gtk_widget_set_visible().
7488 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget is visible
7493 gtk_widget_get_visible (GtkWidget *widget)
7495 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7497 return widget->priv->visible;
7501 * gtk_widget_is_visible:
7502 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7504 * Determines whether the widget and all its parents are marked as
7507 * This function does not check if the widget is obscured in any way.
7509 * See also gtk_widget_get_visible() and gtk_widget_set_visible()
7511 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget and all its parents are visible
7516 gtk_widget_is_visible (GtkWidget *widget)
7518 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7522 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
7527 widget = priv->parent;
7534 * gtk_widget_set_has_window:
7535 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7536 * @has_window: whether or not @widget has a window.
7538 * Specifies whether @widget has a #GdkWindow of its own. Note that
7539 * all realized widgets have a non-%NULL "window" pointer
7540 * (gtk_widget_get_window() never returns a %NULL window when a widget
7541 * is realized), but for many of them it's actually the #GdkWindow of
7542 * one of its parent widgets. Widgets that do not create a %window for
7543 * themselves in #GtkWidget::realize must announce this by
7544 * calling this function with @has_window = %FALSE.
7546 * This function should only be called by widget implementations,
7547 * and they should call it in their init() function.
7552 gtk_widget_set_has_window (GtkWidget *widget,
7553 gboolean has_window)
7555 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7557 widget->priv->no_window = !has_window;
7561 * gtk_widget_get_has_window:
7562 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7564 * Determines whether @widget has a #GdkWindow of its own. See
7565 * gtk_widget_set_has_window().
7567 * Return value: %TRUE if @widget has a window, %FALSE otherwise
7572 gtk_widget_get_has_window (GtkWidget *widget)
7574 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7576 return ! widget->priv->no_window;
7580 * gtk_widget_is_toplevel:
7581 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7583 * Determines whether @widget is a toplevel widget.
7585 * Currently only #GtkWindow and #GtkInvisible (and out-of-process
7586 * #GtkPlugs) are toplevel widgets. Toplevel widgets have no parent
7589 * Return value: %TRUE if @widget is a toplevel, %FALSE otherwise
7594 gtk_widget_is_toplevel (GtkWidget *widget)
7596 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7598 return widget->priv->toplevel;
7602 _gtk_widget_set_is_toplevel (GtkWidget *widget,
7603 gboolean is_toplevel)
7605 widget->priv->toplevel = is_toplevel;
7609 * gtk_widget_is_drawable:
7610 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7612 * Determines whether @widget can be drawn to. A widget can be drawn
7613 * to if it is mapped and visible.
7615 * Return value: %TRUE if @widget is drawable, %FALSE otherwise
7620 gtk_widget_is_drawable (GtkWidget *widget)
7622 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7624 return (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget) &&
7625 gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget));
7629 * gtk_widget_get_realized:
7630 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7632 * Determines whether @widget is realized.
7634 * Return value: %TRUE if @widget is realized, %FALSE otherwise
7639 gtk_widget_get_realized (GtkWidget *widget)
7641 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7643 return widget->priv->realized;
7647 * gtk_widget_set_realized:
7648 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7649 * @realized: %TRUE to mark the widget as realized
7651 * Marks the widget as being realized.
7653 * This function should only ever be called in a derived widget's
7654 * "realize" or "unrealize" implementation.
7659 gtk_widget_set_realized (GtkWidget *widget,
7662 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7664 widget->priv->realized = realized;
7668 * gtk_widget_get_mapped:
7669 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7671 * Whether the widget is mapped.
7673 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget is mapped, %FALSE otherwise.
7678 gtk_widget_get_mapped (GtkWidget *widget)
7680 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7682 return widget->priv->mapped;
7686 * gtk_widget_set_mapped:
7687 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7688 * @mapped: %TRUE to mark the widget as mapped
7690 * Marks the widget as being realized.
7692 * This function should only ever be called in a derived widget's
7693 * "map" or "unmap" implementation.
7698 gtk_widget_set_mapped (GtkWidget *widget,
7701 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7703 widget->priv->mapped = mapped;
7707 * gtk_widget_set_app_paintable:
7708 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7709 * @app_paintable: %TRUE if the application will paint on the widget
7711 * Sets whether the application intends to draw on the widget in
7712 * an #GtkWidget::draw handler.
7714 * This is a hint to the widget and does not affect the behavior of
7715 * the GTK+ core; many widgets ignore this flag entirely. For widgets
7716 * that do pay attention to the flag, such as #GtkEventBox and #GtkWindow,
7717 * the effect is to suppress default themed drawing of the widget's
7718 * background. (Children of the widget will still be drawn.) The application
7719 * is then entirely responsible for drawing the widget background.
7721 * Note that the background is still drawn when the widget is mapped.
7724 gtk_widget_set_app_paintable (GtkWidget *widget,
7725 gboolean app_paintable)
7727 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7729 app_paintable = (app_paintable != FALSE);
7731 if (widget->priv->app_paintable != app_paintable)
7733 widget->priv->app_paintable = app_paintable;
7735 if (gtk_widget_is_drawable (widget))
7736 gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
7738 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "app-paintable");
7743 * gtk_widget_get_app_paintable:
7744 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7746 * Determines whether the application intends to draw on the widget in
7747 * an #GtkWidget::draw handler.
7749 * See gtk_widget_set_app_paintable()
7751 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget is app paintable
7756 gtk_widget_get_app_paintable (GtkWidget *widget)
7758 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7760 return widget->priv->app_paintable;
7764 * gtk_widget_set_double_buffered:
7765 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7766 * @double_buffered: %TRUE to double-buffer a widget
7768 * Widgets are double buffered by default; you can use this function
7769 * to turn off the buffering. "Double buffered" simply means that
7770 * gdk_window_begin_paint_region() and gdk_window_end_paint() are called
7771 * automatically around expose events sent to the
7772 * widget. gdk_window_begin_paint_region() diverts all drawing to a widget's
7773 * window to an offscreen buffer, and gdk_window_end_paint() draws the
7774 * buffer to the screen. The result is that users see the window
7775 * update in one smooth step, and don't see individual graphics
7776 * primitives being rendered.
7778 * In very simple terms, double buffered widgets don't flicker,
7779 * so you would only use this function to turn off double buffering
7780 * if you had special needs and really knew what you were doing.
7782 * Note: if you turn off double-buffering, you have to handle
7783 * expose events, since even the clearing to the background color or
7784 * pixmap will not happen automatically (as it is done in
7785 * gdk_window_begin_paint_region()).
7788 gtk_widget_set_double_buffered (GtkWidget *widget,
7789 gboolean double_buffered)
7791 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7793 double_buffered = (double_buffered != FALSE);
7795 if (widget->priv->double_buffered != double_buffered)
7797 widget->priv->double_buffered = double_buffered;
7799 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "double-buffered");
7804 * gtk_widget_get_double_buffered:
7805 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7807 * Determines whether the widget is double buffered.
7809 * See gtk_widget_set_double_buffered()
7811 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget is double buffered
7816 gtk_widget_get_double_buffered (GtkWidget *widget)
7818 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7820 return widget->priv->double_buffered;
7824 * gtk_widget_set_redraw_on_allocate:
7825 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7826 * @redraw_on_allocate: if %TRUE, the entire widget will be redrawn
7827 * when it is allocated to a new size. Otherwise, only the
7828 * new portion of the widget will be redrawn.
7830 * Sets whether the entire widget is queued for drawing when its size
7831 * allocation changes. By default, this setting is %TRUE and
7832 * the entire widget is redrawn on every size change. If your widget
7833 * leaves the upper left unchanged when made bigger, turning this
7834 * setting off will improve performance.
7836 * Note that for %NO_WINDOW widgets setting this flag to %FALSE turns
7837 * off all allocation on resizing: the widget will not even redraw if
7838 * its position changes; this is to allow containers that don't draw
7839 * anything to avoid excess invalidations. If you set this flag on a
7840 * %NO_WINDOW widget that <emphasis>does</emphasis> draw on @widget->window,
7841 * you are responsible for invalidating both the old and new allocation
7842 * of the widget when the widget is moved and responsible for invalidating
7843 * regions newly when the widget increases size.
7846 gtk_widget_set_redraw_on_allocate (GtkWidget *widget,
7847 gboolean redraw_on_allocate)
7849 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7851 widget->priv->redraw_on_alloc = redraw_on_allocate;
7855 * gtk_widget_set_sensitive:
7856 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7857 * @sensitive: %TRUE to make the widget sensitive
7859 * Sets the sensitivity of a widget. A widget is sensitive if the user
7860 * can interact with it. Insensitive widgets are "grayed out" and the
7861 * user can't interact with them. Insensitive widgets are known as
7862 * "inactive", "disabled", or "ghosted" in some other toolkits.
7865 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (GtkWidget *widget,
7868 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
7870 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7872 priv = widget->priv;
7874 sensitive = (sensitive != FALSE);
7876 if (priv->sensitive == sensitive)
7879 priv->sensitive = sensitive;
7881 if (priv->parent == NULL
7882 || gtk_widget_is_sensitive (priv->parent))
7886 data.flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE;
7889 data.operation = STATE_CHANGE_UNSET;
7891 data.operation = STATE_CHANGE_SET;
7893 gtk_widget_propagate_state (widget, &data);
7895 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
7898 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "sensitive");
7902 * gtk_widget_get_sensitive:
7903 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7905 * Returns the widget's sensitivity (in the sense of returning
7906 * the value that has been set using gtk_widget_set_sensitive()).
7908 * The effective sensitivity of a widget is however determined by both its
7909 * own and its parent widget's sensitivity. See gtk_widget_is_sensitive().
7911 * Returns: %TRUE if the widget is sensitive
7916 gtk_widget_get_sensitive (GtkWidget *widget)
7918 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7920 return widget->priv->sensitive;
7924 * gtk_widget_is_sensitive:
7925 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7927 * Returns the widget's effective sensitivity, which means
7928 * it is sensitive itself and also its parent widget is sensitive
7930 * Returns: %TRUE if the widget is effectively sensitive
7935 gtk_widget_is_sensitive (GtkWidget *widget)
7937 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7939 return !(widget->priv->state_flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE);
7943 * gtk_widget_set_parent:
7944 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7945 * @parent: parent container
7947 * This function is useful only when implementing subclasses of
7949 * Sets the container as the parent of @widget, and takes care of
7950 * some details such as updating the state and style of the child
7951 * to reflect its new location. The opposite function is
7952 * gtk_widget_unparent().
7955 gtk_widget_set_parent (GtkWidget *widget,
7958 GtkStateFlags parent_flags;
7959 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
7962 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7963 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (parent));
7964 g_return_if_fail (widget != parent);
7966 priv = widget->priv;
7968 if (priv->parent != NULL)
7970 g_warning ("Can't set a parent on widget which has a parent\n");
7973 if (gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget))
7975 g_warning ("Can't set a parent on a toplevel widget\n");
7979 /* keep this function in sync with gtk_menu_attach_to_widget()
7982 g_object_ref_sink (widget);
7984 gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
7986 priv->parent = parent;
7988 parent_flags = gtk_widget_get_state_flags (parent);
7990 /* Merge both old state and current parent state,
7991 * making sure to only propagate the right states */
7992 data.flags = parent_flags & GTK_STATE_FLAGS_DO_PROPAGATE;
7993 data.flags |= priv->state_flags;
7995 data.operation = STATE_CHANGE_REPLACE;
7996 gtk_widget_propagate_state (widget, &data);
7999 gtk_style_context_set_parent (priv->context,
8000 gtk_widget_get_style_context (parent));
8002 _gtk_widget_update_parent_muxer (widget);
8004 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[PARENT_SET], 0, NULL);
8005 if (priv->parent->priv->anchored)
8006 _gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed (widget, NULL);
8007 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "parent");
8009 /* Enforce realized/mapped invariants
8011 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (priv->parent))
8012 gtk_widget_realize (widget);
8014 if (gtk_widget_get_visible (priv->parent) &&
8015 gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
8017 if (gtk_widget_get_child_visible (widget) &&
8018 gtk_widget_get_mapped (priv->parent))
8019 gtk_widget_map (widget);
8021 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
8024 /* child may cause parent's expand to change, if the child is
8025 * expanded. If child is not expanded, then it can't modify the
8026 * parent's expand. If the child becomes expanded later then it will
8027 * queue compute_expand then. This optimization plus defaulting
8028 * newly-constructed widgets to need_compute_expand=FALSE should
8029 * mean that initially building a widget tree doesn't have to keep
8030 * walking up setting need_compute_expand on parents over and over.
8032 * We can't change a parent to need to expand unless we're visible.
8034 if (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget) &&
8035 (priv->need_compute_expand ||
8036 priv->computed_hexpand ||
8037 priv->computed_vexpand))
8039 gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (parent);
8042 gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
8046 * gtk_widget_get_parent:
8047 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8049 * Returns the parent container of @widget.
8051 * Return value: (transfer none): the parent container of @widget, or %NULL
8054 gtk_widget_get_parent (GtkWidget *widget)
8056 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
8058 return widget->priv->parent;
8062 modifier_style_changed (GtkModifierStyle *style,
8065 _gtk_widget_invalidate_style_context (widget, GTK_CSS_CHANGE_ANY);
8068 static GtkModifierStyle *
8069 _gtk_widget_get_modifier_properties (GtkWidget *widget)
8071 GtkModifierStyle *style;
8073 style = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_modifier_style);
8075 if (G_UNLIKELY (!style))
8077 GtkStyleContext *context;
8079 style = _gtk_modifier_style_new ();
8080 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
8081 quark_modifier_style,
8083 (GDestroyNotify) g_object_unref);
8085 g_signal_connect (style, "changed",
8086 G_CALLBACK (modifier_style_changed), widget);
8088 context = gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget);
8090 gtk_style_context_add_provider (context,
8091 GTK_STYLE_PROVIDER (style),
8092 GTK_STYLE_PROVIDER_PRIORITY_APPLICATION);
8099 * gtk_widget_override_color:
8100 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8101 * @state: the state for which to set the color
8102 * @color: (allow-none): the color to assign, or %NULL to undo the effect
8103 * of previous calls to gtk_widget_override_color()
8105 * Sets the color to use for a widget.
8107 * All other style values are left untouched.
8110 * This API is mostly meant as a quick way for applications to
8111 * change a widget appearance. If you are developing a widgets
8112 * library and intend this change to be themeable, it is better
8113 * done by setting meaningful CSS classes and regions in your
8114 * widget/container implementation through gtk_style_context_add_class()
8115 * and gtk_style_context_add_region().
8117 * This way, your widget library can install a #GtkCssProvider
8118 * with the %GTK_STYLE_PROVIDER_PRIORITY_FALLBACK priority in order
8119 * to provide a default styling for those widgets that need so, and
8120 * this theming may fully overridden by the user's theme.
8123 * Note that for complex widgets this may bring in undesired
8124 * results (such as uniform background color everywhere), in
8125 * these cases it is better to fully style such widgets through a
8126 * #GtkCssProvider with the %GTK_STYLE_PROVIDER_PRIORITY_APPLICATION
8133 gtk_widget_override_color (GtkWidget *widget,
8134 GtkStateFlags state,
8135 const GdkRGBA *color)
8137 GtkModifierStyle *style;
8139 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
8141 style = _gtk_widget_get_modifier_properties (widget);
8142 _gtk_modifier_style_set_color (style, state, color);
8146 * gtk_widget_override_background_color:
8147 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8148 * @state: the state for which to set the background color
8149 * @color: (allow-none): the color to assign, or %NULL to undo the effect
8150 * of previous calls to gtk_widget_override_background_color()
8152 * Sets the background color to use for a widget.
8154 * All other style values are left untouched.
8155 * See gtk_widget_override_color().
8160 gtk_widget_override_background_color (GtkWidget *widget,
8161 GtkStateFlags state,
8162 const GdkRGBA *color)
8164 GtkModifierStyle *style;
8166 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
8168 style = _gtk_widget_get_modifier_properties (widget);
8169 _gtk_modifier_style_set_background_color (style, state, color);
8173 * gtk_widget_override_font:
8174 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8175 * @font_desc: (allow-none): the font descriptiong to use, or %NULL to undo
8176 * the effect of previous calls to gtk_widget_override_font()
8178 * Sets the font to use for a widget. All other style values are
8179 * left untouched. See gtk_widget_override_color().
8184 gtk_widget_override_font (GtkWidget *widget,
8185 const PangoFontDescription *font_desc)
8187 GtkModifierStyle *style;
8189 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
8191 style = _gtk_widget_get_modifier_properties (widget);
8192 _gtk_modifier_style_set_font (style, font_desc);
8196 * gtk_widget_override_symbolic_color:
8197 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8198 * @name: the name of the symbolic color to modify
8199 * @color: (allow-none): the color to assign (does not need
8200 * to be allocated), or %NULL to undo the effect of previous
8201 * calls to gtk_widget_override_symbolic_color()
8203 * Sets a symbolic color for a widget.
8205 * All other style values are left untouched.
8206 * See gtk_widget_override_color() for overriding the foreground
8207 * or background color.
8212 gtk_widget_override_symbolic_color (GtkWidget *widget,
8214 const GdkRGBA *color)
8216 GtkModifierStyle *style;
8218 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
8220 style = _gtk_widget_get_modifier_properties (widget);
8221 _gtk_modifier_style_map_color (style, name, color);
8225 * gtk_widget_override_cursor:
8226 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8227 * @cursor: (allow-none): the color to use for primary cursor (does not need to be
8228 * allocated), or %NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to
8229 * of gtk_widget_override_cursor().
8230 * @secondary_cursor: (allow-none): the color to use for secondary cursor (does not
8231 * need to be allocated), or %NULL to undo the effect of previous
8232 * calls to of gtk_widget_override_cursor().
8234 * Sets the cursor color to use in a widget, overriding the
8235 * #GtkWidget:cursor-color and #GtkWidget:secondary-cursor-color
8236 * style properties. All other style values are left untouched.
8237 * See also gtk_widget_modify_style().
8239 * Note that the underlying properties have the #GdkColor type,
8240 * so the alpha value in @primary and @secondary will be ignored.
8245 gtk_widget_override_cursor (GtkWidget *widget,
8246 const GdkRGBA *cursor,
8247 const GdkRGBA *secondary_cursor)
8249 GtkModifierStyle *style;
8251 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
8253 style = _gtk_widget_get_modifier_properties (widget);
8254 _gtk_modifier_style_set_color_property (style,
8256 "cursor-color", cursor);
8257 _gtk_modifier_style_set_color_property (style,
8259 "secondary-cursor-color",
8264 gtk_widget_real_direction_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
8265 GtkTextDirection previous_direction)
8267 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
8271 gtk_widget_real_style_set (GtkWidget *widget,
8272 GtkStyle *previous_style)
8277 GtkWidget *previous_toplevel;
8278 GdkScreen *previous_screen;
8279 GdkScreen *new_screen;
8280 } HierarchyChangedInfo;
8283 do_screen_change (GtkWidget *widget,
8284 GdkScreen *old_screen,
8285 GdkScreen *new_screen)
8287 if (old_screen != new_screen)
8289 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
8293 PangoContext *context = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pango_context);
8295 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pango_context, NULL);
8298 _gtk_tooltip_hide (widget);
8300 if (new_screen && priv->context)
8301 gtk_style_context_set_screen (priv->context, new_screen);
8303 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[SCREEN_CHANGED], 0, old_screen);
8308 gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed_recurse (GtkWidget *widget,
8309 gpointer client_data)
8311 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
8312 HierarchyChangedInfo *info = client_data;
8313 gboolean new_anchored = gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget) ||
8314 (priv->parent && priv->parent->priv->anchored);
8316 if (priv->anchored != new_anchored)
8318 g_object_ref (widget);
8320 priv->anchored = new_anchored;
8322 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[HIERARCHY_CHANGED], 0, info->previous_toplevel);
8323 do_screen_change (widget, info->previous_screen, info->new_screen);
8325 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
8326 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
8327 gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed_recurse,
8330 g_object_unref (widget);
8335 * _gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed:
8336 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8337 * @previous_toplevel: Previous toplevel
8339 * Propagates changes in the anchored state to a widget and all
8340 * children, unsetting or setting the %ANCHORED flag, and
8341 * emitting #GtkWidget::hierarchy-changed.
8344 _gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
8345 GtkWidget *previous_toplevel)
8347 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
8348 HierarchyChangedInfo info;
8350 info.previous_toplevel = previous_toplevel;
8351 info.previous_screen = previous_toplevel ? gtk_widget_get_screen (previous_toplevel) : NULL;
8353 if (gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget) ||
8354 (priv->parent && priv->parent->priv->anchored))
8355 info.new_screen = gtk_widget_get_screen (widget);
8357 info.new_screen = NULL;
8359 if (info.previous_screen)
8360 g_object_ref (info.previous_screen);
8361 if (previous_toplevel)
8362 g_object_ref (previous_toplevel);
8364 gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed_recurse (widget, &info);
8366 if (previous_toplevel)
8367 g_object_unref (previous_toplevel);
8368 if (info.previous_screen)
8369 g_object_unref (info.previous_screen);
8373 gtk_widget_propagate_screen_changed_recurse (GtkWidget *widget,
8374 gpointer client_data)
8376 HierarchyChangedInfo *info = client_data;
8378 g_object_ref (widget);
8380 do_screen_change (widget, info->previous_screen, info->new_screen);
8382 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
8383 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
8384 gtk_widget_propagate_screen_changed_recurse,
8387 g_object_unref (widget);
8391 * gtk_widget_is_composited:
8392 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8394 * Whether @widget can rely on having its alpha channel
8395 * drawn correctly. On X11 this function returns whether a
8396 * compositing manager is running for @widget's screen.
8398 * Please note that the semantics of this call will change
8399 * in the future if used on a widget that has a composited
8400 * window in its hierarchy (as set by gdk_window_set_composited()).
8402 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget can rely on its alpha
8403 * channel being drawn correctly.
8408 gtk_widget_is_composited (GtkWidget *widget)
8412 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
8414 screen = gtk_widget_get_screen (widget);
8416 return gdk_screen_is_composited (screen);
8420 propagate_composited_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
8423 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
8425 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
8426 propagate_composited_changed,
8430 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[COMPOSITED_CHANGED], 0);
8434 _gtk_widget_propagate_composited_changed (GtkWidget *widget)
8436 propagate_composited_changed (widget, NULL);
8440 * _gtk_widget_propagate_screen_changed:
8441 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8442 * @previous_screen: Previous screen
8444 * Propagates changes in the screen for a widget to all
8445 * children, emitting #GtkWidget::screen-changed.
8448 _gtk_widget_propagate_screen_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
8449 GdkScreen *previous_screen)
8451 HierarchyChangedInfo info;
8453 info.previous_screen = previous_screen;
8454 info.new_screen = gtk_widget_get_screen (widget);
8456 if (previous_screen)
8457 g_object_ref (previous_screen);
8459 gtk_widget_propagate_screen_changed_recurse (widget, &info);
8461 if (previous_screen)
8462 g_object_unref (previous_screen);
8466 reset_style_recurse (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data)
8468 _gtk_widget_invalidate_style_context (widget, GTK_CSS_CHANGE_ANY);
8470 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
8471 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
8472 reset_style_recurse,
8477 * gtk_widget_reset_style:
8478 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8480 * Updates the style context of @widget and all descendents
8481 * by updating its widget path. #GtkContainer<!-- -->s may want
8482 * to use this on a child when reordering it in a way that a different
8483 * style might apply to it. See also gtk_container_get_path_for_child().
8488 gtk_widget_reset_style (GtkWidget *widget)
8490 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
8492 reset_style_recurse (widget, NULL);
8494 g_list_foreach (widget->priv->attached_windows,
8495 (GFunc) reset_style_recurse, NULL);
8498 #ifdef G_ENABLE_DEBUG
8500 /* Verify invariants, see docs/widget_system.txt for notes on much of
8501 * this. Invariants may be temporarily broken while we're in the
8502 * process of updating state, of course, so you can only
8503 * verify_invariants() after a given operation is complete.
8504 * Use push/pop_verify_invariants to help with that.
8507 gtk_widget_verify_invariants (GtkWidget *widget)
8511 if (widget->priv->verifying_invariants_count > 0)
8514 parent = widget->priv->parent;
8516 if (widget->priv->mapped)
8518 /* Mapped implies ... */
8520 if (!widget->priv->realized)
8521 g_warning ("%s %p is mapped but not realized",
8522 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
8524 if (!widget->priv->visible)
8525 g_warning ("%s %p is mapped but not visible",
8526 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
8528 if (!widget->priv->toplevel)
8530 if (!widget->priv->child_visible)
8531 g_warning ("%s %p is mapped but not child_visible",
8532 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
8537 /* Not mapped implies... */
8540 /* This check makes sense for normal toplevels, but for
8541 * something like a toplevel that is embedded within a clutter
8542 * state, mapping may depend on external factors.
8544 if (widget->priv->toplevel)
8546 if (widget->priv->visible)
8547 g_warning ("%s %p toplevel is visible but not mapped",
8548 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
8553 /* Parent related checks aren't possible if parent has
8554 * verifying_invariants_count > 0 because parent needs to recurse
8555 * children first before the invariants will hold.
8557 if (parent == NULL || parent->priv->verifying_invariants_count == 0)
8560 parent->priv->realized)
8562 /* Parent realized implies... */
8565 /* This is in widget_system.txt but appears to fail
8566 * because there's no gtk_container_realize() that
8567 * realizes all children... instead we just lazily
8568 * wait for map to fix things up.
8570 if (!widget->priv->realized)
8571 g_warning ("%s %p is realized but child %s %p is not realized",
8572 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (parent), parent,
8573 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
8576 else if (!widget->priv->toplevel)
8578 /* No parent or parent not realized on non-toplevel implies... */
8580 if (widget->priv->realized && !widget->priv->in_reparent)
8581 g_warning ("%s %p is not realized but child %s %p is realized",
8582 parent ? G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (parent) : "no parent", parent,
8583 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
8587 parent->priv->mapped &&
8588 widget->priv->visible &&
8589 widget->priv->child_visible)
8591 /* Parent mapped and we are visible implies... */
8593 if (!widget->priv->mapped)
8594 g_warning ("%s %p is mapped but visible child %s %p is not mapped",
8595 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (parent), parent,
8596 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
8598 else if (!widget->priv->toplevel)
8600 /* No parent or parent not mapped on non-toplevel implies... */
8602 if (widget->priv->mapped && !widget->priv->in_reparent)
8603 g_warning ("%s %p is mapped but visible=%d child_visible=%d parent %s %p mapped=%d",
8604 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget,
8605 widget->priv->visible,
8606 widget->priv->child_visible,
8607 parent ? G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (parent) : "no parent", parent,
8608 parent ? parent->priv->mapped : FALSE);
8612 if (!widget->priv->realized)
8614 /* Not realized implies... */
8617 /* widget_system.txt says these hold, but they don't. */
8618 if (widget->priv->alloc_needed)
8619 g_warning ("%s %p alloc needed but not realized",
8620 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
8622 if (widget->priv->width_request_needed)
8623 g_warning ("%s %p width request needed but not realized",
8624 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
8626 if (widget->priv->height_request_needed)
8627 g_warning ("%s %p height request needed but not realized",
8628 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
8633 /* The point of this push/pop is that invariants may not hold while
8634 * we're busy making changes. So we only check at the outermost call
8635 * on the call stack, after we finish updating everything.
8638 gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (GtkWidget *widget)
8640 widget->priv->verifying_invariants_count += 1;
8644 gtk_widget_verify_child_invariants (GtkWidget *widget,
8645 gpointer client_data)
8647 /* We don't recurse further; this is a one-level check. */
8648 gtk_widget_verify_invariants (widget);
8652 gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (GtkWidget *widget)
8654 g_assert (widget->priv->verifying_invariants_count > 0);
8656 widget->priv->verifying_invariants_count -= 1;
8658 if (widget->priv->verifying_invariants_count == 0)
8660 gtk_widget_verify_invariants (widget);
8662 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
8664 /* Check one level of children, because our
8665 * push_verify_invariants() will have prevented some of the
8666 * checks. This does not recurse because if recursion is
8667 * needed, it will happen naturally as each child has a
8668 * push/pop on that child. For example if we're recursively
8669 * mapping children, we'll push/pop on each child as we map
8672 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
8673 gtk_widget_verify_child_invariants,
8678 #endif /* G_ENABLE_DEBUG */
8680 static PangoContext *
8681 gtk_widget_peek_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget)
8683 return g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pango_context);
8687 * gtk_widget_get_pango_context:
8688 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8690 * Gets a #PangoContext with the appropriate font map, font description,
8691 * and base direction for this widget. Unlike the context returned
8692 * by gtk_widget_create_pango_context(), this context is owned by
8693 * the widget (it can be used until the screen for the widget changes
8694 * or the widget is removed from its toplevel), and will be updated to
8695 * match any changes to the widget's attributes.
8697 * If you create and keep a #PangoLayout using this context, you must
8698 * deal with changes to the context by calling pango_layout_context_changed()
8699 * on the layout in response to the #GtkWidget::style-updated and
8700 * #GtkWidget::direction-changed signals for the widget.
8702 * Return value: (transfer none): the #PangoContext for the widget.
8705 gtk_widget_get_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget)
8707 PangoContext *context;
8709 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
8711 context = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pango_context);
8714 context = gtk_widget_create_pango_context (GTK_WIDGET (widget));
8715 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
8716 quark_pango_context,
8725 update_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget,
8726 PangoContext *context)
8728 const PangoFontDescription *font_desc;
8729 GtkStyleContext *style_context;
8731 style_context = gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget);
8733 font_desc = gtk_style_context_get_font (style_context,
8734 gtk_widget_get_state_flags (widget));
8736 pango_context_set_font_description (context, font_desc);
8737 pango_context_set_base_dir (context,
8738 gtk_widget_get_direction (widget) == GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR ?
8739 PANGO_DIRECTION_LTR : PANGO_DIRECTION_RTL);
8743 gtk_widget_update_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget)
8745 PangoContext *context = gtk_widget_peek_pango_context (widget);
8751 update_pango_context (widget, context);
8753 screen = gtk_widget_get_screen_unchecked (widget);
8756 pango_cairo_context_set_resolution (context,
8757 gdk_screen_get_resolution (screen));
8758 pango_cairo_context_set_font_options (context,
8759 gdk_screen_get_font_options (screen));
8765 * gtk_widget_create_pango_context:
8766 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8768 * Creates a new #PangoContext with the appropriate font map,
8769 * font description, and base direction for drawing text for
8770 * this widget. See also gtk_widget_get_pango_context().
8772 * Return value: (transfer full): the new #PangoContext
8775 gtk_widget_create_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget)
8778 PangoContext *context;
8780 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
8782 screen = gtk_widget_get_screen_unchecked (widget);
8785 GTK_NOTE (MULTIHEAD,
8786 g_warning ("gtk_widget_create_pango_context ()) called without screen"));
8788 screen = gdk_screen_get_default ();
8791 context = gdk_pango_context_get_for_screen (screen);
8793 update_pango_context (widget, context);
8794 pango_context_set_language (context, gtk_get_default_language ());
8800 * gtk_widget_create_pango_layout:
8801 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8802 * @text: text to set on the layout (can be %NULL)
8804 * Creates a new #PangoLayout with the appropriate font map,
8805 * font description, and base direction for drawing text for
8808 * If you keep a #PangoLayout created in this way around, in order to
8809 * notify the layout of changes to the base direction or font of this
8810 * widget, you must call pango_layout_context_changed() in response to
8811 * the #GtkWidget::style-updated and #GtkWidget::direction-changed signals
8814 * Return value: (transfer full): the new #PangoLayout
8817 gtk_widget_create_pango_layout (GtkWidget *widget,
8820 PangoLayout *layout;
8821 PangoContext *context;
8823 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
8825 context = gtk_widget_get_pango_context (widget);
8826 layout = pango_layout_new (context);
8829 pango_layout_set_text (layout, text, -1);
8835 * gtk_widget_render_icon_pixbuf:
8836 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8837 * @stock_id: a stock ID
8838 * @size: (type int): a stock size. A size of (GtkIconSize)-1 means
8839 * render at the size of the source and don't scale (if there are
8840 * multiple source sizes, GTK+ picks one of the available sizes).
8842 * A convenience function that uses the theme engine and style
8843 * settings for @widget to look up @stock_id and render it to
8844 * a pixbuf. @stock_id should be a stock icon ID such as
8845 * #GTK_STOCK_OPEN or #GTK_STOCK_OK. @size should be a size
8846 * such as #GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU.
8848 * The pixels in the returned #GdkPixbuf are shared with the rest of
8849 * the application and should not be modified. The pixbuf should be freed
8850 * after use with g_object_unref().
8852 * Return value: (transfer full): a new pixbuf, or %NULL if the
8853 * stock ID wasn't known
8858 gtk_widget_render_icon_pixbuf (GtkWidget *widget,
8859 const gchar *stock_id,
8862 GtkStyleContext *context;
8863 GtkIconSet *icon_set;
8865 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
8866 g_return_val_if_fail (stock_id != NULL, NULL);
8867 g_return_val_if_fail (size > GTK_ICON_SIZE_INVALID || size == -1, NULL);
8869 context = gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget);
8870 icon_set = gtk_style_context_lookup_icon_set (context, stock_id);
8872 if (icon_set == NULL)
8875 return gtk_icon_set_render_icon_pixbuf (icon_set, context, size);
8879 * gtk_widget_set_parent_window:
8880 * @widget: a #GtkWidget.
8881 * @parent_window: the new parent window.
8883 * Sets a non default parent window for @widget.
8885 * For GtkWindow classes, setting a @parent_window effects whether
8886 * the window is a toplevel window or can be embedded into other
8890 * For GtkWindow classes, this needs to be called before the
8891 * window is realized.
8896 gtk_widget_set_parent_window (GtkWidget *widget,
8897 GdkWindow *parent_window)
8899 GdkWindow *old_parent_window;
8901 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
8903 old_parent_window = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget),
8904 quark_parent_window);
8906 if (parent_window != old_parent_window)
8910 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_parent_window,
8912 if (old_parent_window)
8913 g_object_unref (old_parent_window);
8915 g_object_ref (parent_window);
8917 /* Unset toplevel flag when adding a parent window to a widget,
8918 * this is the primary entry point to allow toplevels to be
8921 #ifdef GDK_WINDOWING_X11
8922 is_plug = GTK_IS_PLUG (widget);
8926 if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (widget) && !is_plug)
8927 _gtk_window_set_is_toplevel (GTK_WINDOW (widget), parent_window == NULL);
8932 * gtk_widget_get_parent_window:
8933 * @widget: a #GtkWidget.
8935 * Gets @widget's parent window.
8937 * Returns: (transfer none): the parent window of @widget.
8940 gtk_widget_get_parent_window (GtkWidget *widget)
8942 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
8943 GdkWindow *parent_window;
8945 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
8947 priv = widget->priv;
8949 parent_window = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_parent_window);
8951 return (parent_window != NULL) ? parent_window :
8952 (priv->parent != NULL) ? priv->parent->priv->window : NULL;
8957 * gtk_widget_set_child_visible:
8958 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8959 * @is_visible: if %TRUE, @widget should be mapped along with its parent.
8961 * Sets whether @widget should be mapped along with its when its parent
8962 * is mapped and @widget has been shown with gtk_widget_show().
8964 * The child visibility can be set for widget before it is added to
8965 * a container with gtk_widget_set_parent(), to avoid mapping
8966 * children unnecessary before immediately unmapping them. However
8967 * it will be reset to its default state of %TRUE when the widget
8968 * is removed from a container.
8970 * Note that changing the child visibility of a widget does not
8971 * queue a resize on the widget. Most of the time, the size of
8972 * a widget is computed from all visible children, whether or
8973 * not they are mapped. If this is not the case, the container
8974 * can queue a resize itself.
8976 * This function is only useful for container implementations and
8977 * never should be called by an application.
8980 gtk_widget_set_child_visible (GtkWidget *widget,
8981 gboolean is_visible)
8983 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
8985 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
8986 g_return_if_fail (!gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget));
8988 priv = widget->priv;
8990 g_object_ref (widget);
8991 gtk_widget_verify_invariants (widget);
8994 priv->child_visible = TRUE;
8997 GtkWidget *toplevel;
8999 priv->child_visible = FALSE;
9001 toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
9002 if (toplevel != widget && gtk_widget_is_toplevel (toplevel))
9003 _gtk_window_unset_focus_and_default (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel), widget);
9006 if (priv->parent && gtk_widget_get_realized (priv->parent))
9008 if (gtk_widget_get_mapped (priv->parent) &&
9009 priv->child_visible &&
9010 gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
9011 gtk_widget_map (widget);
9013 gtk_widget_unmap (widget);
9016 gtk_widget_verify_invariants (widget);
9017 g_object_unref (widget);
9021 * gtk_widget_get_child_visible:
9022 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9024 * Gets the value set with gtk_widget_set_child_visible().
9025 * If you feel a need to use this function, your code probably
9026 * needs reorganization.
9028 * This function is only useful for container implementations and
9029 * never should be called by an application.
9031 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget is mapped with the parent.
9034 gtk_widget_get_child_visible (GtkWidget *widget)
9036 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
9038 return widget->priv->child_visible;
9042 gtk_widget_get_screen_unchecked (GtkWidget *widget)
9044 GtkWidget *toplevel;
9046 toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
9048 if (gtk_widget_is_toplevel (toplevel))
9050 if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (toplevel))
9051 return gtk_window_get_screen (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel));
9052 else if (GTK_IS_INVISIBLE (toplevel))
9053 return gtk_invisible_get_screen (GTK_INVISIBLE (widget));
9060 * gtk_widget_get_screen:
9061 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9063 * Get the #GdkScreen from the toplevel window associated with
9064 * this widget. This function can only be called after the widget
9065 * has been added to a widget hierarchy with a #GtkWindow
9068 * In general, you should only create screen specific
9069 * resources when a widget has been realized, and you should
9070 * free those resources when the widget is unrealized.
9072 * Return value: (transfer none): the #GdkScreen for the toplevel for this widget.
9077 gtk_widget_get_screen (GtkWidget *widget)
9081 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
9083 screen = gtk_widget_get_screen_unchecked (widget);
9090 g_warning (G_STRLOC ": Can't get associated screen"
9091 " for a widget unless it is inside a toplevel GtkWindow\n"
9092 " widget type is %s associated top level type is %s",
9093 g_type_name (G_OBJECT_TYPE(G_OBJECT (widget))),
9094 g_type_name (G_OBJECT_TYPE(G_OBJECT (toplevel))));
9096 return gdk_screen_get_default ();
9101 * gtk_widget_has_screen:
9102 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9104 * Checks whether there is a #GdkScreen is associated with
9105 * this widget. All toplevel widgets have an associated
9106 * screen, and all widgets added into a hierarchy with a toplevel
9107 * window at the top.
9109 * Return value: %TRUE if there is a #GdkScreen associcated
9115 gtk_widget_has_screen (GtkWidget *widget)
9117 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
9119 return (gtk_widget_get_screen_unchecked (widget) != NULL);
9123 * gtk_widget_get_display:
9124 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9126 * Get the #GdkDisplay for the toplevel window associated with
9127 * this widget. This function can only be called after the widget
9128 * has been added to a widget hierarchy with a #GtkWindow at the top.
9130 * In general, you should only create display specific
9131 * resources when a widget has been realized, and you should
9132 * free those resources when the widget is unrealized.
9134 * Return value: (transfer none): the #GdkDisplay for the toplevel for this widget.
9139 gtk_widget_get_display (GtkWidget *widget)
9141 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
9143 return gdk_screen_get_display (gtk_widget_get_screen (widget));
9147 * gtk_widget_get_root_window:
9148 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9150 * Get the root window where this widget is located. This function can
9151 * only be called after the widget has been added to a widget
9152 * hierarchy with #GtkWindow at the top.
9154 * The root window is useful for such purposes as creating a popup
9155 * #GdkWindow associated with the window. In general, you should only
9156 * create display specific resources when a widget has been realized,
9157 * and you should free those resources when the widget is unrealized.
9159 * Return value: (transfer none): the #GdkWindow root window for the toplevel for this widget.
9164 gtk_widget_get_root_window (GtkWidget *widget)
9166 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
9168 return gdk_screen_get_root_window (gtk_widget_get_screen (widget));
9172 * gtk_widget_child_focus:
9173 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9174 * @direction: direction of focus movement
9176 * This function is used by custom widget implementations; if you're
9177 * writing an app, you'd use gtk_widget_grab_focus() to move the focus
9178 * to a particular widget, and gtk_container_set_focus_chain() to
9179 * change the focus tab order. So you may want to investigate those
9180 * functions instead.
9182 * gtk_widget_child_focus() is called by containers as the user moves
9183 * around the window using keyboard shortcuts. @direction indicates
9184 * what kind of motion is taking place (up, down, left, right, tab
9185 * forward, tab backward). gtk_widget_child_focus() emits the
9186 * #GtkWidget::focus signal; widgets override the default handler
9187 * for this signal in order to implement appropriate focus behavior.
9189 * The default ::focus handler for a widget should return %TRUE if
9190 * moving in @direction left the focus on a focusable location inside
9191 * that widget, and %FALSE if moving in @direction moved the focus
9192 * outside the widget. If returning %TRUE, widgets normally
9193 * call gtk_widget_grab_focus() to place the focus accordingly;
9194 * if returning %FALSE, they don't modify the current focus location.
9196 * Return value: %TRUE if focus ended up inside @widget
9199 gtk_widget_child_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
9200 GtkDirectionType direction)
9202 gboolean return_val;
9204 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
9206 if (!gtk_widget_get_visible (widget) ||
9207 !gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget))
9210 /* child widgets must set CAN_FOCUS, containers
9211 * don't have to though.
9213 if (!GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget) &&
9214 !gtk_widget_get_can_focus (widget))
9217 g_signal_emit (widget,
9218 widget_signals[FOCUS],
9220 direction, &return_val);
9226 * gtk_widget_keynav_failed:
9227 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9228 * @direction: direction of focus movement
9230 * This function should be called whenever keyboard navigation within
9231 * a single widget hits a boundary. The function emits the
9232 * #GtkWidget::keynav-failed signal on the widget and its return
9233 * value should be interpreted in a way similar to the return value of
9234 * gtk_widget_child_focus():
9236 * When %TRUE is returned, stay in the widget, the failed keyboard
9237 * navigation is Ok and/or there is nowhere we can/should move the
9240 * When %FALSE is returned, the caller should continue with keyboard
9241 * navigation outside the widget, e.g. by calling
9242 * gtk_widget_child_focus() on the widget's toplevel.
9244 * The default ::keynav-failed handler returns %TRUE for
9245 * %GTK_DIR_TAB_FORWARD and %GTK_DIR_TAB_BACKWARD. For the other
9246 * values of #GtkDirectionType, it looks at the
9247 * #GtkSettings:gtk-keynav-cursor-only setting and returns %FALSE
9248 * if the setting is %TRUE. This way the entire user interface
9249 * becomes cursor-navigatable on input devices such as mobile phones
9250 * which only have cursor keys but no tab key.
9252 * Whenever the default handler returns %TRUE, it also calls
9253 * gtk_widget_error_bell() to notify the user of the failed keyboard
9256 * A use case for providing an own implementation of ::keynav-failed
9257 * (either by connecting to it or by overriding it) would be a row of
9258 * #GtkEntry widgets where the user should be able to navigate the
9259 * entire row with the cursor keys, as e.g. known from user interfaces
9260 * that require entering license keys.
9262 * Return value: %TRUE if stopping keyboard navigation is fine, %FALSE
9263 * if the emitting widget should try to handle the keyboard
9264 * navigation attempt in its parent container(s).
9269 gtk_widget_keynav_failed (GtkWidget *widget,
9270 GtkDirectionType direction)
9272 gboolean return_val;
9274 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
9276 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[KEYNAV_FAILED], 0,
9277 direction, &return_val);
9283 * gtk_widget_error_bell:
9284 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9286 * Notifies the user about an input-related error on this widget.
9287 * If the #GtkSettings:gtk-error-bell setting is %TRUE, it calls
9288 * gdk_window_beep(), otherwise it does nothing.
9290 * Note that the effect of gdk_window_beep() can be configured in many
9291 * ways, depending on the windowing backend and the desktop environment
9292 * or window manager that is used.
9297 gtk_widget_error_bell (GtkWidget *widget)
9299 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
9300 GtkSettings* settings;
9303 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
9305 priv = widget->priv;
9307 settings = gtk_widget_get_settings (widget);
9311 g_object_get (settings,
9312 "gtk-error-bell", &beep,
9315 if (beep && priv->window)
9316 gdk_window_beep (priv->window);
9320 gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
9323 GtkQueueResizeFlags flags)
9325 GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
9326 gboolean changed = FALSE;
9328 g_object_freeze_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
9330 aux_info = gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, TRUE);
9332 if (width > -2 && aux_info->width != width)
9334 if ((flags & GTK_QUEUE_RESIZE_INVALIDATE_ONLY) == 0)
9335 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "width-request");
9336 aux_info->width = width;
9339 if (height > -2 && aux_info->height != height)
9341 if ((flags & GTK_QUEUE_RESIZE_INVALIDATE_ONLY) == 0)
9342 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "height-request");
9343 aux_info->height = height;
9347 if (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget) && changed)
9349 if ((flags & GTK_QUEUE_RESIZE_INVALIDATE_ONLY) == 0)
9350 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
9352 _gtk_size_group_queue_resize (widget, GTK_QUEUE_RESIZE_INVALIDATE_ONLY);
9355 g_object_thaw_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
9359 * gtk_widget_set_size_request:
9360 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9361 * @width: width @widget should request, or -1 to unset
9362 * @height: height @widget should request, or -1 to unset
9364 * Sets the minimum size of a widget; that is, the widget's size
9365 * request will be at least @width by @height. You can use this
9366 * function to force a widget to be larger than it normally would be.
9368 * In most cases, gtk_window_set_default_size() is a better choice for
9369 * toplevel windows than this function; setting the default size will
9370 * still allow users to shrink the window. Setting the size request
9371 * will force them to leave the window at least as large as the size
9372 * request. When dealing with window sizes,
9373 * gtk_window_set_geometry_hints() can be a useful function as well.
9375 * Note the inherent danger of setting any fixed size - themes,
9376 * translations into other languages, different fonts, and user action
9377 * can all change the appropriate size for a given widget. So, it's
9378 * basically impossible to hardcode a size that will always be
9381 * The size request of a widget is the smallest size a widget can
9382 * accept while still functioning well and drawing itself correctly.
9383 * However in some strange cases a widget may be allocated less than
9384 * its requested size, and in many cases a widget may be allocated more
9385 * space than it requested.
9387 * If the size request in a given direction is -1 (unset), then
9388 * the "natural" size request of the widget will be used instead.
9390 * The size request set here does not include any margin from the
9391 * #GtkWidget properties margin-left, margin-right, margin-top, and
9392 * margin-bottom, but it does include pretty much all other padding
9393 * or border properties set by any subclass of #GtkWidget.
9396 gtk_widget_set_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
9400 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
9401 g_return_if_fail (width >= -1);
9402 g_return_if_fail (height >= -1);
9409 gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (widget, width, height, 0);
9414 * gtk_widget_get_size_request:
9415 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9416 * @width: (out) (allow-none): return location for width, or %NULL
9417 * @height: (out) (allow-none): return location for height, or %NULL
9419 * Gets the size request that was explicitly set for the widget using
9420 * gtk_widget_set_size_request(). A value of -1 stored in @width or
9421 * @height indicates that that dimension has not been set explicitly
9422 * and the natural requisition of the widget will be used intead. See
9423 * gtk_widget_set_size_request(). To get the size a widget will
9424 * actually request, call gtk_widget_get_preferred_size() instead of
9428 gtk_widget_get_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
9432 const GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
9434 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
9436 aux_info = _gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (widget);
9439 *width = aux_info->width;
9442 *height = aux_info->height;
9446 * _gtk_widget_override_size_request:
9447 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9448 * @width: new forced minimum width
9449 * @height: new forced minimum height
9450 * @old_width: location to store previous forced minimum width
9451 * @old_height: location to store previous forced minumum height
9453 * Temporarily establishes a forced minimum size for a widget; this
9454 * is used by GtkWindow when calculating the size to add to the
9455 * window's geometry widget. Cached sizes for the widget and its
9456 * parents are invalidated, so that subsequent calls to the size
9457 * negotiation machinery produce the overriden result, but the
9458 * widget is not queued for relayout or redraw. The old size must
9459 * be restored with _gtk_widget_restore_size_request() or things
9463 _gtk_widget_override_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
9469 gtk_widget_get_size_request (widget, old_width, old_height);
9470 gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (widget, width, height,
9471 GTK_QUEUE_RESIZE_INVALIDATE_ONLY);
9475 * _gtk_widget_restore_size_request:
9476 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9477 * @old_width: saved forced minimum size
9478 * @old_height: saved forced minimum size
9480 * Undoes the operation of_gtk_widget_override_size_request().
9483 _gtk_widget_restore_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
9487 gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (widget, old_width, old_height,
9488 GTK_QUEUE_RESIZE_INVALIDATE_ONLY);
9492 * gtk_widget_set_events:
9493 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9494 * @events: event mask
9496 * Sets the event mask (see #GdkEventMask) for a widget. The event
9497 * mask determines which events a widget will receive. Keep in mind
9498 * that different widgets have different default event masks, and by
9499 * changing the event mask you may disrupt a widget's functionality,
9500 * so be careful. This function must be called while a widget is
9501 * unrealized. Consider gtk_widget_add_events() for widgets that are
9502 * already realized, or if you want to preserve the existing event
9503 * mask. This function can't be used with #GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets;
9504 * to get events on those widgets, place them inside a #GtkEventBox
9505 * and receive events on the event box.
9508 gtk_widget_set_events (GtkWidget *widget,
9511 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
9512 g_return_if_fail (!gtk_widget_get_realized (widget));
9514 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_event_mask,
9515 GINT_TO_POINTER (events));
9516 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "events");
9520 * gtk_widget_set_device_events:
9521 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9522 * @device: a #GdkDevice
9523 * @events: event mask
9525 * Sets the device event mask (see #GdkEventMask) for a widget. The event
9526 * mask determines which events a widget will receive from @device. Keep
9527 * in mind that different widgets have different default event masks, and by
9528 * changing the event mask you may disrupt a widget's functionality,
9529 * so be careful. This function must be called while a widget is
9530 * unrealized. Consider gtk_widget_add_device_events() for widgets that are
9531 * already realized, or if you want to preserve the existing event
9532 * mask. This function can't be used with #GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets;
9533 * to get events on those widgets, place them inside a #GtkEventBox
9534 * and receive events on the event box.
9539 gtk_widget_set_device_events (GtkWidget *widget,
9541 GdkEventMask events)
9543 GHashTable *device_events;
9545 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
9546 g_return_if_fail (GDK_IS_DEVICE (device));
9547 g_return_if_fail (!gtk_widget_get_realized (widget));
9549 device_events = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_device_event_mask);
9551 if (G_UNLIKELY (!device_events))
9553 device_events = g_hash_table_new (NULL, NULL);
9554 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_device_event_mask, device_events,
9555 (GDestroyNotify) g_hash_table_unref);
9558 g_hash_table_insert (device_events, device, GUINT_TO_POINTER (events));
9562 * gtk_widget_set_device_enabled:
9563 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9564 * @device: a #GdkDevice
9565 * @enabled: whether to enable the device
9567 * Enables or disables a #GdkDevice to interact with @widget
9568 * and all its children.
9570 * It does so by descending through the #GdkWindow hierarchy
9571 * and enabling the same mask that is has for core events
9572 * (i.e. the one that gdk_window_get_events() returns).
9577 gtk_widget_set_device_enabled (GtkWidget *widget,
9581 GList *enabled_devices;
9583 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
9584 g_return_if_fail (GDK_IS_DEVICE (device));
9586 enabled_devices = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_enabled_devices);
9587 enabled_devices = g_list_append (enabled_devices, device);
9589 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_enabled_devices,
9590 enabled_devices, (GDestroyNotify) g_list_free);;
9592 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
9593 gtk_widget_set_device_enabled_internal (widget, device, TRUE, enabled);
9597 * gtk_widget_get_device_enabled:
9598 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9599 * @device: a #GdkDevice
9601 * Returns whether @device can interact with @widget and its
9602 * children. See gtk_widget_set_device_enabled().
9604 * Return value: %TRUE is @device is enabled for @widget
9609 gtk_widget_get_device_enabled (GtkWidget *widget,
9612 GList *enabled_devices;
9614 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
9615 g_return_val_if_fail (GDK_IS_DEVICE (device), FALSE);
9617 enabled_devices = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_enabled_devices);
9619 return g_list_find (enabled_devices, device) != NULL;
9623 gtk_widget_add_events_internal_list (GtkWidget *widget,
9630 for (l = window_list; l != NULL; l = l->next)
9632 GdkWindow *window = l->data;
9635 gdk_window_get_user_data (window, &user_data);
9636 if (user_data == widget)
9641 gdk_window_set_device_events (window, device, gdk_window_get_events (window) | events);
9643 gdk_window_set_events (window, gdk_window_get_events (window) | events);
9645 children = gdk_window_get_children (window);
9646 gtk_widget_add_events_internal_list (widget, device, events, children);
9647 g_list_free (children);
9653 gtk_widget_add_events_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
9657 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
9660 if (!gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
9661 window_list = gdk_window_get_children (priv->window);
9663 window_list = g_list_prepend (NULL, priv->window);
9665 gtk_widget_add_events_internal_list (widget, device, events, window_list);
9667 g_list_free (window_list);
9671 * gtk_widget_add_events:
9672 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9673 * @events: an event mask, see #GdkEventMask
9675 * Adds the events in the bitfield @events to the event mask for
9676 * @widget. See gtk_widget_set_events() for details.
9679 gtk_widget_add_events (GtkWidget *widget,
9684 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
9686 old_events = GPOINTER_TO_INT (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_event_mask));
9687 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_event_mask,
9688 GINT_TO_POINTER (old_events | events));
9690 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
9692 gtk_widget_add_events_internal (widget, NULL, events);
9693 gtk_widget_update_devices_mask (widget, FALSE);
9696 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "events");
9700 * gtk_widget_add_device_events:
9701 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9702 * @device: a #GdkDevice
9703 * @events: an event mask, see #GdkEventMask
9705 * Adds the device events in the bitfield @events to the event mask for
9706 * @widget. See gtk_widget_set_device_events() for details.
9711 gtk_widget_add_device_events (GtkWidget *widget,
9713 GdkEventMask events)
9715 GdkEventMask old_events;
9716 GHashTable *device_events;
9718 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
9719 g_return_if_fail (GDK_IS_DEVICE (device));
9721 old_events = gtk_widget_get_device_events (widget, device);
9723 device_events = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_device_event_mask);
9725 if (G_UNLIKELY (!device_events))
9727 device_events = g_hash_table_new (NULL, NULL);
9728 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_device_event_mask, device_events,
9729 (GDestroyNotify) g_hash_table_unref);
9732 g_hash_table_insert (device_events, device,
9733 GUINT_TO_POINTER (old_events | events));
9735 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
9736 gtk_widget_add_events_internal (widget, device, events);
9738 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "events");
9742 * gtk_widget_get_toplevel:
9743 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9745 * This function returns the topmost widget in the container hierarchy
9746 * @widget is a part of. If @widget has no parent widgets, it will be
9747 * returned as the topmost widget. No reference will be added to the
9748 * returned widget; it should not be unreferenced.
9750 * Note the difference in behavior vs. gtk_widget_get_ancestor();
9751 * <literal>gtk_widget_get_ancestor (widget, GTK_TYPE_WINDOW)</literal>
9753 * %NULL if @widget wasn't inside a toplevel window, and if the
9754 * window was inside a #GtkWindow<!-- -->-derived widget which was in turn
9755 * inside the toplevel #GtkWindow. While the second case may
9756 * seem unlikely, it actually happens when a #GtkPlug is embedded
9757 * inside a #GtkSocket within the same application.
9759 * To reliably find the toplevel #GtkWindow, use
9760 * gtk_widget_get_toplevel() and check if the %TOPLEVEL flags
9761 * is set on the result.
9763 * GtkWidget *toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
9764 * if (gtk_widget_is_toplevel (toplevel))
9766 * /* Perform action on toplevel. */
9770 * Return value: (transfer none): the topmost ancestor of @widget, or @widget itself
9771 * if there's no ancestor.
9774 gtk_widget_get_toplevel (GtkWidget *widget)
9776 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
9778 while (widget->priv->parent)
9779 widget = widget->priv->parent;
9785 * gtk_widget_get_ancestor:
9786 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9787 * @widget_type: ancestor type
9789 * Gets the first ancestor of @widget with type @widget_type. For example,
9790 * <literal>gtk_widget_get_ancestor (widget, GTK_TYPE_BOX)</literal> gets
9791 * the first #GtkBox that's an ancestor of @widget. No reference will be
9792 * added to the returned widget; it should not be unreferenced. See note
9793 * about checking for a toplevel #GtkWindow in the docs for
9794 * gtk_widget_get_toplevel().
9796 * Note that unlike gtk_widget_is_ancestor(), gtk_widget_get_ancestor()
9797 * considers @widget to be an ancestor of itself.
9799 * Return value: (transfer none): the ancestor widget, or %NULL if not found
9802 gtk_widget_get_ancestor (GtkWidget *widget,
9805 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
9807 while (widget && !g_type_is_a (G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget), widget_type))
9808 widget = widget->priv->parent;
9810 if (!(widget && g_type_is_a (G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget), widget_type)))
9817 * gtk_widget_set_visual:
9818 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9819 * @visual: visual to be used or %NULL to unset a previous one
9821 * Sets the visual that should be used for by widget and its children for
9822 * creating #GdkWindows. The visual must be on the same #GdkScreen as
9823 * returned by gtk_widget_get_screen(), so handling the
9824 * #GtkWidget::screen-changed signal is necessary.
9826 * Setting a new @visual will not cause @widget to recreate its windows,
9827 * so you should call this function before @widget is realized.
9830 gtk_widget_set_visual (GtkWidget *widget,
9833 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
9834 g_return_if_fail (visual == NULL || GDK_IS_VISUAL (visual));
9837 g_return_if_fail (gtk_widget_get_screen (widget) == gdk_visual_get_screen (visual));
9840 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
9842 g_object_ref (visual),
9847 * gtk_widget_get_visual:
9848 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9850 * Gets the visual that will be used to render @widget.
9852 * Return value: (transfer none): the visual for @widget
9855 gtk_widget_get_visual (GtkWidget *widget)
9861 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
9863 if (gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget) &&
9864 widget->priv->window)
9865 return gdk_window_get_visual (widget->priv->window);
9867 screen = gtk_widget_get_screen (widget);
9869 for (w = widget; w != NULL; w = w->priv->parent)
9871 visual = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (w), quark_visual);
9874 if (gdk_visual_get_screen (visual) == screen)
9877 g_warning ("Ignoring visual set on widget `%s' that is not on the correct screen.",
9878 gtk_widget_get_name (widget));
9882 return gdk_screen_get_system_visual (screen);
9886 * gtk_widget_get_settings:
9887 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9889 * Gets the settings object holding the settings used for this widget.
9891 * Note that this function can only be called when the #GtkWidget
9892 * is attached to a toplevel, since the settings object is specific
9893 * to a particular #GdkScreen.
9895 * Return value: (transfer none): the relevant #GtkSettings object
9898 gtk_widget_get_settings (GtkWidget *widget)
9900 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
9902 return gtk_settings_get_for_screen (gtk_widget_get_screen (widget));
9906 * gtk_widget_get_events:
9907 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9909 * Returns the event mask for the widget (a bitfield containing flags
9910 * from the #GdkEventMask enumeration). These are the events that the widget
9913 * Return value: event mask for @widget
9916 gtk_widget_get_events (GtkWidget *widget)
9918 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
9920 return GPOINTER_TO_INT (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_event_mask));
9924 * gtk_widget_get_device_events:
9925 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9926 * @device: a #GdkDevice
9928 * Returns the events mask for the widget corresponding to an specific device. These
9929 * are the events that the widget will receive when @device operates on it.
9931 * Returns: device event mask for @widget
9936 gtk_widget_get_device_events (GtkWidget *widget,
9939 GHashTable *device_events;
9941 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
9942 g_return_val_if_fail (GDK_IS_DEVICE (device), 0);
9944 device_events = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_device_event_mask);
9949 return GPOINTER_TO_UINT (g_hash_table_lookup (device_events, device));
9953 * gtk_widget_get_pointer:
9954 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9955 * @x: (out) (allow-none): return location for the X coordinate, or %NULL
9956 * @y: (out) (allow-none): return location for the Y coordinate, or %NULL
9958 * Obtains the location of the mouse pointer in widget coordinates.
9959 * Widget coordinates are a bit odd; for historical reasons, they are
9960 * defined as @widget->window coordinates for widgets that are not
9961 * #GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets, and are relative to @widget->allocation.x,
9962 * @widget->allocation.y for widgets that are #GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets.
9964 * Deprecated: 3.4: Use gdk_window_get_device_position() instead.
9967 gtk_widget_get_pointer (GtkWidget *widget,
9971 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
9973 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
9975 priv = widget->priv;
9982 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
9984 gdk_window_get_device_position (priv->window,
9985 gdk_device_manager_get_client_pointer (
9986 gdk_display_get_device_manager (
9987 gtk_widget_get_display (widget))),
9990 if (!gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
9993 *x -= priv->allocation.x;
9995 *y -= priv->allocation.y;
10001 * gtk_widget_is_ancestor:
10002 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10003 * @ancestor: another #GtkWidget
10005 * Determines whether @widget is somewhere inside @ancestor, possibly with
10006 * intermediate containers.
10008 * Return value: %TRUE if @ancestor contains @widget as a child,
10009 * grandchild, great grandchild, etc.
10012 gtk_widget_is_ancestor (GtkWidget *widget,
10013 GtkWidget *ancestor)
10015 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
10016 g_return_val_if_fail (ancestor != NULL, FALSE);
10020 if (widget->priv->parent == ancestor)
10022 widget = widget->priv->parent;
10028 static GQuark quark_composite_name = 0;
10031 * gtk_widget_set_composite_name:
10032 * @widget: a #GtkWidget.
10033 * @name: the name to set
10035 * Sets a widgets composite name. The widget must be
10036 * a composite child of its parent; see gtk_widget_push_composite_child().
10039 gtk_widget_set_composite_name (GtkWidget *widget,
10042 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
10043 g_return_if_fail (widget->priv->composite_child);
10044 g_return_if_fail (name != NULL);
10046 if (!quark_composite_name)
10047 quark_composite_name = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-composite-name");
10049 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
10050 quark_composite_name,
10056 * gtk_widget_get_composite_name:
10057 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10059 * Obtains the composite name of a widget.
10061 * Returns: the composite name of @widget, or %NULL if @widget is not
10062 * a composite child. The string should be freed when it is no
10066 gtk_widget_get_composite_name (GtkWidget *widget)
10068 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
10070 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
10072 priv = widget->priv;
10074 if (widget->priv->composite_child && priv->parent)
10075 return _gtk_container_child_composite_name (GTK_CONTAINER (priv->parent),
10082 * gtk_widget_push_composite_child:
10084 * Makes all newly-created widgets as composite children until
10085 * the corresponding gtk_widget_pop_composite_child() call.
10087 * A composite child is a child that's an implementation detail of the
10088 * container it's inside and should not be visible to people using the
10089 * container. Composite children aren't treated differently by GTK (but
10090 * see gtk_container_foreach() vs. gtk_container_forall()), but e.g. GUI
10091 * builders might want to treat them in a different way.
10093 * Here is a simple example:
10095 * gtk_widget_push_composite_child ();
10096 * scrolled_window->hscrollbar = gtk_scrollbar_new (GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL, hadjustment);
10097 * gtk_widget_set_composite_name (scrolled_window->hscrollbar, "hscrollbar");
10098 * gtk_widget_pop_composite_child ();
10099 * gtk_widget_set_parent (scrolled_window->hscrollbar,
10100 * GTK_WIDGET (scrolled_window));
10101 * g_object_ref (scrolled_window->hscrollbar);
10105 gtk_widget_push_composite_child (void)
10107 composite_child_stack++;
10111 * gtk_widget_pop_composite_child:
10113 * Cancels the effect of a previous call to gtk_widget_push_composite_child().
10116 gtk_widget_pop_composite_child (void)
10118 if (composite_child_stack)
10119 composite_child_stack--;
10123 gtk_widget_emit_direction_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
10124 GtkTextDirection old_dir)
10126 gtk_widget_update_pango_context (widget);
10128 if (widget->priv->context)
10129 gtk_style_context_set_direction (widget->priv->context,
10130 gtk_widget_get_direction (widget));
10132 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[DIRECTION_CHANGED], 0, old_dir);
10136 * gtk_widget_set_direction:
10137 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10138 * @dir: the new direction
10140 * Sets the reading direction on a particular widget. This direction
10141 * controls the primary direction for widgets containing text,
10142 * and also the direction in which the children of a container are
10143 * packed. The ability to set the direction is present in order
10144 * so that correct localization into languages with right-to-left
10145 * reading directions can be done. Generally, applications will
10146 * let the default reading direction present, except for containers
10147 * where the containers are arranged in an order that is explicitely
10148 * visual rather than logical (such as buttons for text justification).
10150 * If the direction is set to %GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE, then the value
10151 * set by gtk_widget_set_default_direction() will be used.
10154 gtk_widget_set_direction (GtkWidget *widget,
10155 GtkTextDirection dir)
10157 GtkTextDirection old_dir;
10159 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
10160 g_return_if_fail (dir >= GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE && dir <= GTK_TEXT_DIR_RTL);
10162 old_dir = gtk_widget_get_direction (widget);
10164 widget->priv->direction = dir;
10166 if (old_dir != gtk_widget_get_direction (widget))
10167 gtk_widget_emit_direction_changed (widget, old_dir);
10171 * gtk_widget_get_direction:
10172 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10174 * Gets the reading direction for a particular widget. See
10175 * gtk_widget_set_direction().
10177 * Return value: the reading direction for the widget.
10180 gtk_widget_get_direction (GtkWidget *widget)
10182 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR);
10184 if (widget->priv->direction == GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE)
10185 return gtk_default_direction;
10187 return widget->priv->direction;
10191 gtk_widget_set_default_direction_recurse (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data)
10193 GtkTextDirection old_dir = GPOINTER_TO_UINT (data);
10195 g_object_ref (widget);
10197 if (widget->priv->direction == GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE)
10198 gtk_widget_emit_direction_changed (widget, old_dir);
10200 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
10201 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
10202 gtk_widget_set_default_direction_recurse,
10205 g_object_unref (widget);
10209 * gtk_widget_set_default_direction:
10210 * @dir: the new default direction. This cannot be
10211 * %GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE.
10213 * Sets the default reading direction for widgets where the
10214 * direction has not been explicitly set by gtk_widget_set_direction().
10217 gtk_widget_set_default_direction (GtkTextDirection dir)
10219 g_return_if_fail (dir == GTK_TEXT_DIR_RTL || dir == GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR);
10221 if (dir != gtk_default_direction)
10223 GList *toplevels, *tmp_list;
10224 GtkTextDirection old_dir = gtk_default_direction;
10226 gtk_default_direction = dir;
10228 tmp_list = toplevels = gtk_window_list_toplevels ();
10229 g_list_foreach (toplevels, (GFunc)g_object_ref, NULL);
10233 gtk_widget_set_default_direction_recurse (tmp_list->data,
10234 GUINT_TO_POINTER (old_dir));
10235 g_object_unref (tmp_list->data);
10236 tmp_list = tmp_list->next;
10239 g_list_free (toplevels);
10244 * gtk_widget_get_default_direction:
10246 * Obtains the current default reading direction. See
10247 * gtk_widget_set_default_direction().
10249 * Return value: the current default direction.
10252 gtk_widget_get_default_direction (void)
10254 return gtk_default_direction;
10258 gtk_widget_constructed (GObject *object)
10260 GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
10261 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
10263 /* As strange as it may seem, this may happen on object construction.
10264 * init() implementations of parent types may eventually call this function,
10265 * each with its corresponding GType, which could leave a child
10266 * implementation with a wrong widget type in the widget path
10269 G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget) != gtk_widget_path_get_object_type (priv->path))
10271 gtk_widget_path_free (priv->path);
10275 G_OBJECT_CLASS (gtk_widget_parent_class)->constructed (object);
10279 gtk_widget_dispose (GObject *object)
10281 GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
10282 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
10285 gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (priv->parent), widget);
10286 else if (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
10287 gtk_widget_hide (widget);
10289 priv->visible = FALSE;
10290 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
10291 gtk_widget_unrealize (widget);
10293 if (!priv->in_destruction)
10295 priv->in_destruction = TRUE;
10296 g_signal_emit (object, widget_signals[DESTROY], 0);
10297 priv->in_destruction = FALSE;
10300 g_clear_object (&priv->muxer);
10302 G_OBJECT_CLASS (gtk_widget_parent_class)->dispose (object);
10306 gtk_widget_real_destroy (GtkWidget *object)
10308 /* gtk_object_destroy() will already hold a refcount on object */
10309 GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
10310 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
10312 if (GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->priv->accessible_type != GTK_TYPE_ACCESSIBLE)
10314 GtkAccessible *accessible = g_object_steal_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accessible_object);
10318 gtk_accessible_set_widget (accessible, NULL);
10319 g_object_unref (accessible);
10323 /* wipe accelerator closures (keep order) */
10324 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_path, NULL);
10325 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_closures, NULL);
10327 /* Callers of add_mnemonic_label() should disconnect on ::destroy */
10328 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels, NULL);
10330 gtk_grab_remove (widget);
10333 g_object_unref (priv->style);
10334 priv->style = gtk_widget_get_default_style ();
10335 g_object_ref (priv->style);
10339 gtk_widget_finalize (GObject *object)
10341 GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
10342 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
10343 GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
10344 GtkAccessible *accessible;
10346 gtk_grab_remove (widget);
10348 g_object_unref (priv->style);
10349 priv->style = NULL;
10351 g_free (priv->name);
10353 aux_info = gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, FALSE);
10355 gtk_widget_aux_info_destroy (aux_info);
10357 accessible = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accessible_object);
10359 g_object_unref (accessible);
10362 gtk_widget_path_free (priv->path);
10366 _gtk_style_context_set_widget (priv->context, NULL);
10367 g_object_unref (priv->context);
10370 _gtk_size_request_cache_free (&priv->requests);
10372 if (g_object_is_floating (object))
10373 g_warning ("A floating object was finalized. This means that someone\n"
10374 "called g_object_unref() on an object that had only a floating\n"
10375 "reference; the initial floating reference is not owned by anyone\n"
10376 "and must be removed with g_object_ref_sink().");
10378 G_OBJECT_CLASS (gtk_widget_parent_class)->finalize (object);
10381 /*****************************************
10382 * gtk_widget_real_map:
10387 *****************************************/
10390 gtk_widget_real_map (GtkWidget *widget)
10392 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
10394 g_assert (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget));
10396 if (!gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
10398 gtk_widget_set_mapped (widget, TRUE);
10400 if (gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
10401 gdk_window_show (priv->window);
10405 /*****************************************
10406 * gtk_widget_real_unmap:
10411 *****************************************/
10414 gtk_widget_real_unmap (GtkWidget *widget)
10416 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
10418 if (gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
10420 gtk_widget_set_mapped (widget, FALSE);
10422 if (gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
10423 gdk_window_hide (priv->window);
10427 /*****************************************
10428 * gtk_widget_real_realize:
10433 *****************************************/
10436 gtk_widget_real_realize (GtkWidget *widget)
10438 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
10440 g_assert (!gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget));
10442 gtk_widget_set_realized (widget, TRUE);
10445 priv->window = gtk_widget_get_parent_window (widget);
10446 g_object_ref (priv->window);
10450 /*****************************************
10451 * gtk_widget_real_unrealize:
10456 *****************************************/
10459 gtk_widget_real_unrealize (GtkWidget *widget)
10461 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
10463 g_assert (!widget->priv->mapped);
10465 /* printf ("unrealizing %s\n", g_type_name (G_TYPE_FROM_INSTANCE (widget)));
10468 /* We must do unrealize child widget BEFORE container widget.
10469 * gdk_window_destroy() destroys specified xwindow and its sub-xwindows.
10470 * So, unrealizing container widget bofore its children causes the problem
10471 * (for example, gdk_ic_destroy () with destroyed window causes crash. )
10474 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
10475 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
10476 (GtkCallback) gtk_widget_unrealize,
10479 if (gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
10481 gdk_window_set_user_data (priv->window, NULL);
10482 gdk_window_destroy (priv->window);
10483 priv->window = NULL;
10487 g_object_unref (priv->window);
10488 priv->window = NULL;
10491 gtk_selection_remove_all (widget);
10493 gtk_widget_set_realized (widget, FALSE);
10497 gtk_widget_real_adjust_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
10498 GtkOrientation orientation,
10499 gint *minimum_size,
10500 gint *natural_size)
10502 const GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
10504 aux_info =_gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (widget);
10506 if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL &&
10507 aux_info->width > 0)
10509 *minimum_size = MAX (*minimum_size, aux_info->width);
10511 else if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL &&
10512 aux_info->height > 0)
10514 *minimum_size = MAX (*minimum_size, aux_info->height);
10517 /* Fix it if set_size_request made natural size smaller than min size.
10518 * This would also silently fix broken widgets, but we warn about them
10519 * in gtksizerequest.c when calling their size request vfuncs.
10521 *natural_size = MAX (*natural_size, *minimum_size);
10523 if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL)
10525 *minimum_size += (aux_info->margin.left + aux_info->margin.right);
10526 *natural_size += (aux_info->margin.left + aux_info->margin.right);
10530 *minimum_size += (aux_info->margin.top + aux_info->margin.bottom);
10531 *natural_size += (aux_info->margin.top + aux_info->margin.bottom);
10536 * _gtk_widget_peek_request_cache:
10538 * Returns the address of the widget's request cache (strictly for
10539 * internal use in gtksizerequest.c)
10541 * Return value: the address of @widget's size request cache.
10544 _gtk_widget_peek_request_cache (GtkWidget *widget)
10546 /* Don't bother slowing things down with the return_if_fail guards here */
10547 return &widget->priv->requests;
10551 * _gtk_widget_set_device_window:
10552 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10553 * @device: a #GdkDevice
10554 * @window: the new device window
10556 * Sets pointer window for @widget and @device.
10557 * Does not ref @window.
10560 _gtk_widget_set_device_window (GtkWidget *widget,
10564 GHashTable *device_window;
10566 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
10567 g_return_if_fail (GDK_IS_DEVICE (device));
10568 g_return_if_fail (window == NULL || GDK_IS_WINDOW (window));
10570 if (!gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
10573 device_window = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pointer_window);
10575 if (!device_window && window)
10577 device_window = g_hash_table_new (NULL, NULL);
10578 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
10579 quark_pointer_window,
10581 (GDestroyNotify) g_hash_table_destroy);
10585 g_hash_table_insert (device_window, device, window);
10586 else if (device_window)
10588 g_hash_table_remove (device_window, device);
10590 if (g_hash_table_size (device_window) == 0)
10591 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pointer_window, NULL);
10596 * _gtk_widget_get_device_window:
10597 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10598 * @device: a #GdkDevice
10600 * Return value: the device window set on @widget, or %NULL
10603 _gtk_widget_get_device_window (GtkWidget *widget,
10606 GHashTable *device_window;
10608 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
10609 g_return_val_if_fail (GDK_IS_DEVICE (device), NULL);
10611 if (!gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
10614 device_window = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pointer_window);
10616 if (!device_window)
10619 return g_hash_table_lookup (device_window, device);
10623 * _gtk_widget_list_devices:
10624 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10626 * Returns the list of #GdkDevices that is currently on top
10627 * of any window belonging to @widget.
10628 * Free the list with g_list_free(), the elements are owned
10629 * by GTK+ and must not be freed.
10632 _gtk_widget_list_devices (GtkWidget *widget)
10634 GHashTableIter iter;
10635 GHashTable *device_window;
10636 GList *devices = NULL;
10637 gpointer key, value;
10639 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
10641 if (!gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
10644 device_window = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pointer_window);
10646 if (G_UNLIKELY (!device_window))
10649 g_hash_table_iter_init (&iter, device_window);
10651 while (g_hash_table_iter_next (&iter, &key, &value))
10652 devices = g_list_prepend (devices, key);
10658 synth_crossing (GtkWidget *widget,
10662 GdkCrossingMode mode,
10663 GdkNotifyType detail)
10667 event = gdk_event_new (type);
10669 event->crossing.window = g_object_ref (window);
10670 event->crossing.send_event = TRUE;
10671 event->crossing.subwindow = g_object_ref (window);
10672 event->crossing.time = GDK_CURRENT_TIME;
10673 event->crossing.x = event->crossing.y = 0;
10674 event->crossing.x_root = event->crossing.y_root = 0;
10675 event->crossing.mode = mode;
10676 event->crossing.detail = detail;
10677 event->crossing.focus = FALSE;
10678 event->crossing.state = 0;
10679 gdk_event_set_device (event, device);
10682 widget = gtk_get_event_widget (event);
10685 gtk_widget_event_internal (widget, event);
10687 gdk_event_free (event);
10691 * _gtk_widget_synthesize_crossing:
10692 * @from: the #GtkWidget the virtual pointer is leaving.
10693 * @to: the #GtkWidget the virtual pointer is moving to.
10694 * @mode: the #GdkCrossingMode to place on the synthesized events.
10696 * Generate crossing event(s) on widget state (sensitivity) or GTK+ grab change.
10698 * The real pointer window is the window that most recently received an enter notify
10699 * event. Windows that don't select for crossing events can't become the real
10700 * poiner window. The real pointer widget that owns the real pointer window. The
10701 * effective pointer window is the same as the real pointer window unless the real
10702 * pointer widget is either insensitive or there is a grab on a widget that is not
10703 * an ancestor of the real pointer widget (in which case the effective pointer
10704 * window should be the root window).
10706 * When the effective pointer window is the same as the real poiner window, we
10707 * receive crossing events from the windowing system. When the effective pointer
10708 * window changes to become different from the real pointer window we synthesize
10709 * crossing events, attempting to follow X protocol rules:
10711 * When the root window becomes the effective pointer window:
10712 * - leave notify on real pointer window, detail Ancestor
10713 * - leave notify on all of its ancestors, detail Virtual
10714 * - enter notify on root window, detail Inferior
10716 * When the root window ceases to be the effective pointer window:
10717 * - leave notify on root window, detail Inferior
10718 * - enter notify on all ancestors of real pointer window, detail Virtual
10719 * - enter notify on real pointer window, detail Ancestor
10722 _gtk_widget_synthesize_crossing (GtkWidget *from,
10725 GdkCrossingMode mode)
10727 GdkWindow *from_window = NULL, *to_window = NULL;
10729 g_return_if_fail (from != NULL || to != NULL);
10733 from_window = _gtk_widget_get_device_window (from, device);
10736 from_window = from->priv->window;
10741 to_window = _gtk_widget_get_device_window (to, device);
10744 to_window = to->priv->window;
10747 if (from_window == NULL && to_window == NULL)
10749 else if (from_window != NULL && to_window == NULL)
10751 GList *from_ancestors = NULL, *list;
10752 GdkWindow *from_ancestor = from_window;
10754 while (from_ancestor != NULL)
10756 from_ancestor = gdk_window_get_effective_parent (from_ancestor);
10757 if (from_ancestor == NULL)
10759 from_ancestors = g_list_prepend (from_ancestors, from_ancestor);
10762 synth_crossing (from, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, from_window,
10763 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_ANCESTOR);
10764 for (list = g_list_last (from_ancestors); list; list = list->prev)
10766 synth_crossing (NULL, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, (GdkWindow *) list->data,
10767 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_VIRTUAL);
10770 /* XXX: enter/inferior on root window? */
10772 g_list_free (from_ancestors);
10774 else if (from_window == NULL && to_window != NULL)
10776 GList *to_ancestors = NULL, *list;
10777 GdkWindow *to_ancestor = to_window;
10779 while (to_ancestor != NULL)
10781 to_ancestor = gdk_window_get_effective_parent (to_ancestor);
10782 if (to_ancestor == NULL)
10784 to_ancestors = g_list_prepend (to_ancestors, to_ancestor);
10787 /* XXX: leave/inferior on root window? */
10789 for (list = to_ancestors; list; list = list->next)
10791 synth_crossing (NULL, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, (GdkWindow *) list->data,
10792 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_VIRTUAL);
10794 synth_crossing (to, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, to_window,
10795 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_ANCESTOR);
10797 g_list_free (to_ancestors);
10799 else if (from_window == to_window)
10803 GList *from_ancestors = NULL, *to_ancestors = NULL, *list;
10804 GdkWindow *from_ancestor = from_window, *to_ancestor = to_window;
10806 while (from_ancestor != NULL || to_ancestor != NULL)
10808 if (from_ancestor != NULL)
10810 from_ancestor = gdk_window_get_effective_parent (from_ancestor);
10811 if (from_ancestor == to_window)
10814 from_ancestors = g_list_prepend (from_ancestors, from_ancestor);
10816 if (to_ancestor != NULL)
10818 to_ancestor = gdk_window_get_effective_parent (to_ancestor);
10819 if (to_ancestor == from_window)
10822 to_ancestors = g_list_prepend (to_ancestors, to_ancestor);
10825 if (to_ancestor == from_window)
10827 if (mode != GDK_CROSSING_GTK_UNGRAB)
10828 synth_crossing (from, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, from_window,
10829 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_INFERIOR);
10830 for (list = to_ancestors; list; list = list->next)
10831 synth_crossing (NULL, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, (GdkWindow *) list->data,
10832 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_VIRTUAL);
10833 synth_crossing (to, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, to_window,
10834 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_ANCESTOR);
10836 else if (from_ancestor == to_window)
10838 synth_crossing (from, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, from_window,
10839 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_ANCESTOR);
10840 for (list = g_list_last (from_ancestors); list; list = list->prev)
10842 synth_crossing (NULL, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, (GdkWindow *) list->data,
10843 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_VIRTUAL);
10845 if (mode != GDK_CROSSING_GTK_GRAB)
10846 synth_crossing (to, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, to_window,
10847 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_INFERIOR);
10851 while (from_ancestors != NULL && to_ancestors != NULL
10852 && from_ancestors->data == to_ancestors->data)
10854 from_ancestors = g_list_delete_link (from_ancestors,
10856 to_ancestors = g_list_delete_link (to_ancestors, to_ancestors);
10859 synth_crossing (from, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, from_window,
10860 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_NONLINEAR);
10862 for (list = g_list_last (from_ancestors); list; list = list->prev)
10864 synth_crossing (NULL, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, (GdkWindow *) list->data,
10865 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_NONLINEAR_VIRTUAL);
10867 for (list = to_ancestors; list; list = list->next)
10869 synth_crossing (NULL, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, (GdkWindow *) list->data,
10870 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_NONLINEAR_VIRTUAL);
10872 synth_crossing (to, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, to_window,
10873 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_NONLINEAR);
10875 g_list_free (from_ancestors);
10876 g_list_free (to_ancestors);
10881 gtk_widget_propagate_state (GtkWidget *widget,
10882 GtkStateData *data)
10884 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
10885 GtkStateFlags new_flags, old_flags = priv->state_flags;
10886 GtkStateType old_state;
10888 old_state = gtk_widget_get_state (widget);
10890 switch (data->operation)
10892 case STATE_CHANGE_REPLACE:
10893 priv->state_flags = data->flags;
10895 case STATE_CHANGE_SET:
10896 priv->state_flags |= data->flags;
10898 case STATE_CHANGE_UNSET:
10899 priv->state_flags &= ~(data->flags);
10903 /* make insensitivity unoverridable */
10904 if (!priv->sensitive)
10905 priv->state_flags |= GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE;
10907 if (gtk_widget_is_focus (widget) && !gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget))
10911 window = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
10913 if (window && gtk_widget_is_toplevel (window))
10914 gtk_window_set_focus (GTK_WINDOW (window), NULL);
10917 new_flags = priv->state_flags;
10919 if (old_flags != new_flags)
10921 g_object_ref (widget);
10923 if (!gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget) && gtk_widget_has_grab (widget))
10924 gtk_grab_remove (widget);
10926 gtk_style_context_set_state (gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget), new_flags);
10928 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[STATE_CHANGED], 0, old_state);
10929 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[STATE_FLAGS_CHANGED], 0, old_flags);
10931 if (!priv->shadowed &&
10932 (new_flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE) != (old_flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE))
10934 GList *event_windows = NULL;
10935 GList *devices, *d;
10937 devices = _gtk_widget_list_devices (widget);
10939 for (d = devices; d; d = d->next)
10945 window = _gtk_widget_get_device_window (widget, device);
10947 /* Do not propagate more than once to the
10948 * same window if non-multidevice aware.
10950 if (!gdk_window_get_support_multidevice (window) &&
10951 g_list_find (event_windows, window))
10954 if (!gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget))
10955 _gtk_widget_synthesize_crossing (widget, NULL, d->data,
10956 GDK_CROSSING_STATE_CHANGED);
10958 _gtk_widget_synthesize_crossing (NULL, widget, d->data,
10959 GDK_CROSSING_STATE_CHANGED);
10961 event_windows = g_list_prepend (event_windows, window);
10964 g_list_free (event_windows);
10965 g_list_free (devices);
10968 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
10970 GtkStateData child_data = *data;
10972 /* Make sure to only propate the right states further */
10973 child_data.flags &= GTK_STATE_FLAGS_DO_PROPAGATE;
10975 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
10976 (GtkCallback) gtk_widget_propagate_state,
10980 g_object_unref (widget);
10984 static const GtkWidgetAuxInfo default_aux_info = {
10992 * gtk_widget_get_aux_info:
10993 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10994 * @create: if %TRUE, create the structure if it doesn't exist
10996 * Get the #GtkWidgetAuxInfo structure for the widget.
10998 * Return value: the #GtkAuxInfo structure for the widget, or
10999 * %NULL if @create is %FALSE and one doesn't already exist.
11001 static GtkWidgetAuxInfo *
11002 gtk_widget_get_aux_info (GtkWidget *widget,
11005 GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
11007 aux_info = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_aux_info);
11008 if (!aux_info && create)
11010 aux_info = g_slice_new0 (GtkWidgetAuxInfo);
11012 *aux_info = default_aux_info;
11014 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_aux_info, aux_info);
11020 static const GtkWidgetAuxInfo*
11021 _gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (GtkWidget *widget)
11023 GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
11025 aux_info = gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, FALSE);
11026 if (aux_info == NULL)
11028 return &default_aux_info;
11036 /*****************************************
11037 * gtk_widget_aux_info_destroy:
11042 *****************************************/
11045 gtk_widget_aux_info_destroy (GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info)
11047 g_slice_free (GtkWidgetAuxInfo, aux_info);
11051 * gtk_widget_shape_combine_region:
11052 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
11053 * @region: (allow-none): shape to be added, or %NULL to remove an existing shape
11055 * Sets a shape for this widget's GDK window. This allows for
11056 * transparent windows etc., see gdk_window_shape_combine_region()
11057 * for more information.
11062 gtk_widget_shape_combine_region (GtkWidget *widget,
11063 cairo_region_t *region)
11065 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
11067 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
11068 /* set_shape doesn't work on widgets without gdk window */
11069 g_return_if_fail (gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget));
11071 priv = widget->priv;
11073 if (region == NULL)
11075 priv->has_shape_mask = FALSE;
11078 gdk_window_shape_combine_region (priv->window, NULL, 0, 0);
11080 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_shape_info, NULL);
11084 priv->has_shape_mask = TRUE;
11086 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_shape_info,
11087 cairo_region_copy (region),
11088 (GDestroyNotify) cairo_region_destroy);
11090 /* set shape if widget has a gdk window already.
11091 * otherwise the shape is scheduled to be set by gtk_widget_realize().
11094 gdk_window_shape_combine_region (priv->window, region, 0, 0);
11099 * gtk_widget_input_shape_combine_region:
11100 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
11101 * @region: (allow-none): shape to be added, or %NULL to remove an existing shape
11103 * Sets an input shape for this widget's GDK window. This allows for
11104 * windows which react to mouse click in a nonrectangular region, see
11105 * gdk_window_input_shape_combine_region() for more information.
11110 gtk_widget_input_shape_combine_region (GtkWidget *widget,
11111 cairo_region_t *region)
11113 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
11115 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
11116 /* set_shape doesn't work on widgets without gdk window */
11117 g_return_if_fail (gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget));
11119 priv = widget->priv;
11121 if (region == NULL)
11124 gdk_window_input_shape_combine_region (priv->window, NULL, 0, 0);
11126 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_input_shape_info, NULL);
11130 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_input_shape_info,
11131 cairo_region_copy (region),
11132 (GDestroyNotify) cairo_region_destroy);
11134 /* set shape if widget has a gdk window already.
11135 * otherwise the shape is scheduled to be set by gtk_widget_realize().
11138 gdk_window_input_shape_combine_region (priv->window, region, 0, 0);
11143 /* style properties
11147 * gtk_widget_class_install_style_property_parser: (skip)
11148 * @klass: a #GtkWidgetClass
11149 * @pspec: the #GParamSpec for the style property
11150 * @parser: the parser for the style property
11152 * Installs a style property on a widget class.
11155 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property_parser (GtkWidgetClass *klass,
11157 GtkRcPropertyParser parser)
11159 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (klass));
11160 g_return_if_fail (G_IS_PARAM_SPEC (pspec));
11161 g_return_if_fail (pspec->flags & G_PARAM_READABLE);
11162 g_return_if_fail (!(pspec->flags & (G_PARAM_CONSTRUCT_ONLY | G_PARAM_CONSTRUCT)));
11164 if (g_param_spec_pool_lookup (style_property_spec_pool, pspec->name, G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (klass), FALSE))
11166 g_warning (G_STRLOC ": class `%s' already contains a style property named `%s'",
11167 G_OBJECT_CLASS_NAME (klass),
11172 g_param_spec_ref_sink (pspec);
11173 g_param_spec_set_qdata (pspec, quark_property_parser, (gpointer) parser);
11174 g_param_spec_pool_insert (style_property_spec_pool, pspec, G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (klass));
11178 * gtk_widget_class_install_style_property:
11179 * @klass: a #GtkWidgetClass
11180 * @pspec: the #GParamSpec for the property
11182 * Installs a style property on a widget class. The parser for the
11183 * style property is determined by the value type of @pspec.
11186 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (GtkWidgetClass *klass,
11189 GtkRcPropertyParser parser;
11191 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (klass));
11192 g_return_if_fail (G_IS_PARAM_SPEC (pspec));
11194 parser = _gtk_rc_property_parser_from_type (G_PARAM_SPEC_VALUE_TYPE (pspec));
11196 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property_parser (klass, pspec, parser);
11200 * gtk_widget_class_find_style_property:
11201 * @klass: a #GtkWidgetClass
11202 * @property_name: the name of the style property to find
11204 * Finds a style property of a widget class by name.
11206 * Returns: (transfer none): the #GParamSpec of the style property or
11207 * %NULL if @class has no style property with that name.
11212 gtk_widget_class_find_style_property (GtkWidgetClass *klass,
11213 const gchar *property_name)
11215 g_return_val_if_fail (property_name != NULL, NULL);
11217 return g_param_spec_pool_lookup (style_property_spec_pool,
11219 G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (klass),
11224 * gtk_widget_class_list_style_properties:
11225 * @klass: a #GtkWidgetClass
11226 * @n_properties: location to return the number of style properties found
11228 * Returns all style properties of a widget class.
11230 * Returns: (array length=n_properties) (transfer container): a
11231 * newly allocated array of #GParamSpec*. The array must be
11232 * freed with g_free().
11237 gtk_widget_class_list_style_properties (GtkWidgetClass *klass,
11238 guint *n_properties)
11240 GParamSpec **pspecs;
11243 pspecs = g_param_spec_pool_list (style_property_spec_pool,
11244 G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (klass),
11253 * gtk_widget_style_get_property:
11254 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
11255 * @property_name: the name of a style property
11256 * @value: location to return the property value
11258 * Gets the value of a style property of @widget.
11261 gtk_widget_style_get_property (GtkWidget *widget,
11262 const gchar *property_name,
11267 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
11268 g_return_if_fail (property_name != NULL);
11269 g_return_if_fail (G_IS_VALUE (value));
11271 g_object_ref (widget);
11272 pspec = g_param_spec_pool_lookup (style_property_spec_pool,
11274 G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget),
11277 g_warning ("%s: widget class `%s' has no property named `%s'",
11279 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget),
11283 GtkStyleContext *context;
11284 const GValue *peek_value;
11285 GtkStateFlags state;
11287 context = gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget);
11288 state = gtk_widget_get_state_flags (widget);
11290 peek_value = _gtk_style_context_peek_style_property (context,
11291 G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget),
11294 /* auto-conversion of the caller's value type
11296 if (G_VALUE_TYPE (value) == G_PARAM_SPEC_VALUE_TYPE (pspec))
11297 g_value_copy (peek_value, value);
11298 else if (g_value_type_transformable (G_PARAM_SPEC_VALUE_TYPE (pspec), G_VALUE_TYPE (value)))
11299 g_value_transform (peek_value, value);
11301 g_warning ("can't retrieve style property `%s' of type `%s' as value of type `%s'",
11303 g_type_name (G_PARAM_SPEC_VALUE_TYPE (pspec)),
11304 G_VALUE_TYPE_NAME (value));
11306 g_object_unref (widget);
11310 * gtk_widget_style_get_valist:
11311 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
11312 * @first_property_name: the name of the first property to get
11313 * @var_args: a <type>va_list</type> of pairs of property names and
11314 * locations to return the property values, starting with the location
11315 * for @first_property_name.
11317 * Non-vararg variant of gtk_widget_style_get(). Used primarily by language
11321 gtk_widget_style_get_valist (GtkWidget *widget,
11322 const gchar *first_property_name,
11325 GtkStyleContext *context;
11326 GtkStateFlags state;
11329 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
11331 g_object_ref (widget);
11332 context = gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget);
11333 state = gtk_widget_get_state_flags (widget);
11335 name = first_property_name;
11338 const GValue *peek_value;
11342 pspec = g_param_spec_pool_lookup (style_property_spec_pool,
11344 G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget),
11348 g_warning ("%s: widget class `%s' has no property named `%s'",
11350 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget),
11354 /* style pspecs are always readable so we can spare that check here */
11356 peek_value = _gtk_style_context_peek_style_property (context,
11357 G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget),
11360 G_VALUE_LCOPY (peek_value, var_args, 0, &error);
11363 g_warning ("%s: %s", G_STRLOC, error);
11368 name = va_arg (var_args, gchar*);
11371 g_object_unref (widget);
11375 * gtk_widget_style_get:
11376 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
11377 * @first_property_name: the name of the first property to get
11378 * @...: pairs of property names and locations to return the
11379 * property values, starting with the location for
11380 * @first_property_name, terminated by %NULL.
11382 * Gets the values of a multiple style properties of @widget.
11385 gtk_widget_style_get (GtkWidget *widget,
11386 const gchar *first_property_name,
11391 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
11393 va_start (var_args, first_property_name);
11394 gtk_widget_style_get_valist (widget, first_property_name, var_args);
11399 * gtk_requisition_new:
11401 * Allocates a new #GtkRequisition structure and initializes its elements to zero.
11403 * Returns: a new empty #GtkRequisition. The newly allocated #GtkRequisition should
11404 * be freed with gtk_requisition_free().
11409 gtk_requisition_new (void)
11411 return g_slice_new0 (GtkRequisition);
11415 * gtk_requisition_copy:
11416 * @requisition: a #GtkRequisition
11418 * Copies a #GtkRequisition.
11420 * Returns: a copy of @requisition
11423 gtk_requisition_copy (const GtkRequisition *requisition)
11425 return g_slice_dup (GtkRequisition, requisition);
11429 * gtk_requisition_free:
11430 * @requisition: a #GtkRequisition
11432 * Frees a #GtkRequisition.
11435 gtk_requisition_free (GtkRequisition *requisition)
11437 g_slice_free (GtkRequisition, requisition);
11440 G_DEFINE_BOXED_TYPE (GtkRequisition, gtk_requisition,
11441 gtk_requisition_copy,
11442 gtk_requisition_free)
11445 * gtk_widget_class_set_accessible_type:
11446 * @widget_class: class to set the accessible type for
11447 * @type: The object type that implements the accessible for @widget_class
11449 * Sets the type to be used for creating accessibles for widgets of
11450 * @widget_class. The given @type must be a subtype of the type used for
11451 * accessibles of the parent class.
11453 * This function should only be called from class init functions of widgets.
11458 gtk_widget_class_set_accessible_type (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class,
11461 GtkWidgetClassPrivate *priv;
11463 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (widget_class));
11464 g_return_if_fail (g_type_is_a (type, widget_class->priv->accessible_type));
11466 priv = widget_class->priv;
11468 priv->accessible_type = type;
11469 /* reset this - honoring the type's role is better. */
11470 priv->accessible_role = ATK_ROLE_INVALID;
11474 * gtk_widget_class_set_accessible_role:
11475 * @widget_class: class to set the accessible role for
11476 * @role: The role to use for accessibles created for @widget_class
11478 * Sets the default #AtkRole to be set on accessibles created for
11479 * widgets of @widget_class. Accessibles may decide to not honor this
11480 * setting if their role reporting is more refined. Calls to
11481 * gtk_widget_class_set_accessible_type() will reset this value.
11483 * In cases where you want more fine-grained control over the role of
11484 * accessibles created for @widget_class, you should provide your own
11485 * accessible type and use gtk_widget_class_set_accessible_type()
11488 * If @role is #ATK_ROLE_INVALID, the default role will not be changed
11489 * and the accessible's default role will be used instead.
11491 * This function should only be called from class init functions of widgets.
11496 gtk_widget_class_set_accessible_role (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class,
11499 GtkWidgetClassPrivate *priv;
11501 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (widget_class));
11503 priv = widget_class->priv;
11505 priv->accessible_role = role;
11509 * _gtk_widget_peek_accessible:
11510 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
11512 * Gets the accessible for @widget, if it has been created yet.
11513 * Otherwise, this function returns %NULL. If the @widget's implementation
11514 * does not use the default way to create accessibles, %NULL will always be
11517 * Returns: the accessible for @widget or %NULL if none has been
11521 _gtk_widget_peek_accessible (GtkWidget *widget)
11523 return g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget),
11524 quark_accessible_object);
11528 * gtk_widget_get_accessible:
11529 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
11531 * Returns the accessible object that describes the widget to an
11532 * assistive technology.
11534 * If accessibility support is not available, this #AtkObject
11535 * instance may be a no-op. Likewise, if no class-specific #AtkObject
11536 * implementation is available for the widget instance in question,
11537 * it will inherit an #AtkObject implementation from the first ancestor
11538 * class for which such an implementation is defined.
11540 * The documentation of the
11541 * <ulink url="http://developer.gnome.org/atk/stable/">ATK</ulink>
11542 * library contains more information about accessible objects and their uses.
11544 * Returns: (transfer none): the #AtkObject associated with @widget
11547 gtk_widget_get_accessible (GtkWidget *widget)
11549 GtkWidgetClass *klass;
11551 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
11553 klass = GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget);
11555 g_return_val_if_fail (klass->get_accessible != NULL, NULL);
11557 return klass->get_accessible (widget);
11561 gtk_widget_real_get_accessible (GtkWidget *widget)
11563 AtkObject* accessible;
11565 accessible = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget),
11566 quark_accessible_object);
11569 GtkWidgetClass *widget_class;
11570 GtkWidgetClassPrivate *priv;
11571 AtkObjectFactory *factory;
11572 AtkRegistry *default_registry;
11574 widget_class = GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget);
11575 priv = widget_class->priv;
11577 if (priv->accessible_type == GTK_TYPE_ACCESSIBLE)
11579 default_registry = atk_get_default_registry ();
11580 factory = atk_registry_get_factory (default_registry,
11581 G_TYPE_FROM_INSTANCE (widget));
11583 atk_object_factory_create_accessible (factory,
11584 G_OBJECT (widget));
11586 if (priv->accessible_role != ATK_ROLE_INVALID)
11587 atk_object_set_role (accessible, priv->accessible_role);
11589 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget),
11590 quark_accessible_object,
11595 accessible = g_object_new (priv->accessible_type,
11598 if (priv->accessible_role != ATK_ROLE_INVALID)
11599 atk_object_set_role (accessible, priv->accessible_role);
11601 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget),
11602 quark_accessible_object,
11605 atk_object_initialize (accessible, widget);
11607 /* Set the role again, since we don't want a role set
11608 * in some parent initialize() function to override
11611 if (priv->accessible_role != ATK_ROLE_INVALID)
11612 atk_object_set_role (accessible, priv->accessible_role);
11619 * Initialize a AtkImplementorIface instance's virtual pointers as
11620 * appropriate to this implementor's class (GtkWidget).
11623 gtk_widget_accessible_interface_init (AtkImplementorIface *iface)
11625 iface->ref_accessible = gtk_widget_ref_accessible;
11629 gtk_widget_ref_accessible (AtkImplementor *implementor)
11631 AtkObject *accessible;
11633 accessible = gtk_widget_get_accessible (GTK_WIDGET (implementor));
11635 g_object_ref (accessible);
11640 * Expand flag management
11644 gtk_widget_update_computed_expand (GtkWidget *widget)
11646 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
11648 priv = widget->priv;
11650 if (priv->need_compute_expand)
11654 if (priv->hexpand_set)
11659 if (priv->vexpand_set)
11664 /* we don't need to use compute_expand if both expands are
11665 * forced by the app
11667 if (!(priv->hexpand_set && priv->vexpand_set))
11669 if (GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->compute_expand != NULL)
11673 GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->compute_expand (widget,
11674 priv->hexpand_set ? &ignored : &h,
11675 priv->vexpand_set ? &ignored : &v);
11679 priv->need_compute_expand = FALSE;
11680 priv->computed_hexpand = h != FALSE;
11681 priv->computed_vexpand = v != FALSE;
11686 * gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand:
11687 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
11689 * Mark @widget as needing to recompute its expand flags. Call
11690 * this function when setting legacy expand child properties
11691 * on the child of a container.
11693 * See gtk_widget_compute_expand().
11696 gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (GtkWidget *widget)
11699 gboolean changed_anything;
11701 if (widget->priv->need_compute_expand)
11704 changed_anything = FALSE;
11706 while (parent != NULL)
11708 if (!parent->priv->need_compute_expand)
11710 parent->priv->need_compute_expand = TRUE;
11711 changed_anything = TRUE;
11714 /* Note: if we had an invariant that "if a child needs to
11715 * compute expand, its parents also do" then we could stop going
11716 * up when we got to a parent that already needed to
11717 * compute. However, in general we compute expand lazily (as
11718 * soon as we see something in a subtree that is expand, we know
11719 * we're expanding) and so this invariant does not hold and we
11720 * have to always walk all the way up in case some ancestor
11721 * is not currently need_compute_expand.
11724 parent = parent->priv->parent;
11727 /* recomputing expand always requires
11728 * a relayout as well
11730 if (changed_anything)
11731 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
11735 * gtk_widget_compute_expand:
11736 * @widget: the widget
11737 * @orientation: expand direction
11739 * Computes whether a container should give this widget extra space
11740 * when possible. Containers should check this, rather than
11741 * looking at gtk_widget_get_hexpand() or gtk_widget_get_vexpand().
11743 * This function already checks whether the widget is visible, so
11744 * visibility does not need to be checked separately. Non-visible
11745 * widgets are not expanded.
11747 * The computed expand value uses either the expand setting explicitly
11748 * set on the widget itself, or, if none has been explicitly set,
11749 * the widget may expand if some of its children do.
11751 * Return value: whether widget tree rooted here should be expanded
11754 gtk_widget_compute_expand (GtkWidget *widget,
11755 GtkOrientation orientation)
11757 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
11759 /* We never make a widget expand if not even showing. */
11760 if (!gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
11763 gtk_widget_update_computed_expand (widget);
11765 if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL)
11767 return widget->priv->computed_hexpand;
11771 return widget->priv->computed_vexpand;
11776 gtk_widget_set_expand (GtkWidget *widget,
11777 GtkOrientation orientation,
11780 const char *expand_prop;
11781 const char *expand_set_prop;
11783 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
11785 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
11787 priv = widget->priv;
11789 expand = expand != FALSE;
11791 was_both = priv->hexpand && priv->vexpand;
11793 if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL)
11795 if (priv->hexpand_set &&
11796 priv->hexpand == expand)
11799 priv->hexpand_set = TRUE;
11800 priv->hexpand = expand;
11802 expand_prop = "hexpand";
11803 expand_set_prop = "hexpand-set";
11807 if (priv->vexpand_set &&
11808 priv->vexpand == expand)
11811 priv->vexpand_set = TRUE;
11812 priv->vexpand = expand;
11814 expand_prop = "vexpand";
11815 expand_set_prop = "vexpand-set";
11818 gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (widget);
11820 g_object_freeze_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
11821 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), expand_prop);
11822 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), expand_set_prop);
11823 if (was_both != (priv->hexpand && priv->vexpand))
11824 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "expand");
11825 g_object_thaw_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
11829 gtk_widget_set_expand_set (GtkWidget *widget,
11830 GtkOrientation orientation,
11833 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
11836 priv = widget->priv;
11838 set = set != FALSE;
11840 if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL)
11842 if (set == priv->hexpand_set)
11845 priv->hexpand_set = set;
11846 prop = "hexpand-set";
11850 if (set == priv->vexpand_set)
11853 priv->vexpand_set = set;
11854 prop = "vexpand-set";
11857 gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (widget);
11859 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), prop);
11863 * gtk_widget_get_hexpand:
11864 * @widget: the widget
11866 * Gets whether the widget would like any available extra horizontal
11867 * space. When a user resizes a #GtkWindow, widgets with expand=TRUE
11868 * generally receive the extra space. For example, a list or
11869 * scrollable area or document in your window would often be set to
11872 * Containers should use gtk_widget_compute_expand() rather than
11873 * this function, to see whether a widget, or any of its children,
11874 * has the expand flag set. If any child of a widget wants to
11875 * expand, the parent may ask to expand also.
11877 * This function only looks at the widget's own hexpand flag, rather
11878 * than computing whether the entire widget tree rooted at this widget
11881 * Return value: whether hexpand flag is set
11884 gtk_widget_get_hexpand (GtkWidget *widget)
11886 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
11888 return widget->priv->hexpand;
11892 * gtk_widget_set_hexpand:
11893 * @widget: the widget
11894 * @expand: whether to expand
11896 * Sets whether the widget would like any available extra horizontal
11897 * space. When a user resizes a #GtkWindow, widgets with expand=TRUE
11898 * generally receive the extra space. For example, a list or
11899 * scrollable area or document in your window would often be set to
11902 * Call this function to set the expand flag if you would like your
11903 * widget to become larger horizontally when the window has extra
11906 * By default, widgets automatically expand if any of their children
11907 * want to expand. (To see if a widget will automatically expand given
11908 * its current children and state, call gtk_widget_compute_expand(). A
11909 * container can decide how the expandability of children affects the
11910 * expansion of the container by overriding the compute_expand virtual
11911 * method on #GtkWidget.).
11913 * Setting hexpand explicitly with this function will override the
11914 * automatic expand behavior.
11916 * This function forces the widget to expand or not to expand,
11917 * regardless of children. The override occurs because
11918 * gtk_widget_set_hexpand() sets the hexpand-set property (see
11919 * gtk_widget_set_hexpand_set()) which causes the widget's hexpand
11920 * value to be used, rather than looking at children and widget state.
11923 gtk_widget_set_hexpand (GtkWidget *widget,
11926 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
11928 gtk_widget_set_expand (widget, GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL, expand);
11932 * gtk_widget_get_hexpand_set:
11933 * @widget: the widget
11935 * Gets whether gtk_widget_set_hexpand() has been used to
11936 * explicitly set the expand flag on this widget.
11938 * If hexpand is set, then it overrides any computed
11939 * expand value based on child widgets. If hexpand is not
11940 * set, then the expand value depends on whether any
11941 * children of the widget would like to expand.
11943 * There are few reasons to use this function, but it's here
11944 * for completeness and consistency.
11946 * Return value: whether hexpand has been explicitly set
11949 gtk_widget_get_hexpand_set (GtkWidget *widget)
11951 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
11953 return widget->priv->hexpand_set;
11957 * gtk_widget_set_hexpand_set:
11958 * @widget: the widget
11959 * @set: value for hexpand-set property
11961 * Sets whether the hexpand flag (see gtk_widget_get_hexpand()) will
11964 * The hexpand-set property will be set automatically when you call
11965 * gtk_widget_set_hexpand() to set hexpand, so the most likely
11966 * reason to use this function would be to unset an explicit expand
11969 * If hexpand is set, then it overrides any computed
11970 * expand value based on child widgets. If hexpand is not
11971 * set, then the expand value depends on whether any
11972 * children of the widget would like to expand.
11974 * There are few reasons to use this function, but it's here
11975 * for completeness and consistency.
11978 gtk_widget_set_hexpand_set (GtkWidget *widget,
11981 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
11983 gtk_widget_set_expand_set (widget, GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL, set);
11988 * gtk_widget_get_vexpand:
11989 * @widget: the widget
11991 * Gets whether the widget would like any available extra vertical
11994 * See gtk_widget_get_hexpand() for more detail.
11996 * Return value: whether vexpand flag is set
11999 gtk_widget_get_vexpand (GtkWidget *widget)
12001 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
12003 return widget->priv->vexpand;
12007 * gtk_widget_set_vexpand:
12008 * @widget: the widget
12009 * @expand: whether to expand
12011 * Sets whether the widget would like any available extra vertical
12014 * See gtk_widget_set_hexpand() for more detail.
12017 gtk_widget_set_vexpand (GtkWidget *widget,
12020 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
12022 gtk_widget_set_expand (widget, GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL, expand);
12026 * gtk_widget_get_vexpand_set:
12027 * @widget: the widget
12029 * Gets whether gtk_widget_set_vexpand() has been used to
12030 * explicitly set the expand flag on this widget.
12032 * See gtk_widget_get_hexpand_set() for more detail.
12034 * Return value: whether vexpand has been explicitly set
12037 gtk_widget_get_vexpand_set (GtkWidget *widget)
12039 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
12041 return widget->priv->vexpand_set;
12045 * gtk_widget_set_vexpand_set:
12046 * @widget: the widget
12047 * @set: value for vexpand-set property
12049 * Sets whether the vexpand flag (see gtk_widget_get_vexpand()) will
12052 * See gtk_widget_set_hexpand_set() for more detail.
12055 gtk_widget_set_vexpand_set (GtkWidget *widget,
12058 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
12060 gtk_widget_set_expand_set (widget, GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL, set);
12064 * GtkBuildable implementation
12066 static GQuark quark_builder_has_default = 0;
12067 static GQuark quark_builder_has_focus = 0;
12068 static GQuark quark_builder_atk_relations = 0;
12069 static GQuark quark_builder_set_name = 0;
12072 gtk_widget_buildable_interface_init (GtkBuildableIface *iface)
12074 quark_builder_has_default = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-builder-has-default");
12075 quark_builder_has_focus = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-builder-has-focus");
12076 quark_builder_atk_relations = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-builder-atk-relations");
12077 quark_builder_set_name = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-builder-set-name");
12079 iface->set_name = gtk_widget_buildable_set_name;
12080 iface->get_name = gtk_widget_buildable_get_name;
12081 iface->get_internal_child = gtk_widget_buildable_get_internal_child;
12082 iface->set_buildable_property = gtk_widget_buildable_set_buildable_property;
12083 iface->parser_finished = gtk_widget_buildable_parser_finished;
12084 iface->custom_tag_start = gtk_widget_buildable_custom_tag_start;
12085 iface->custom_finished = gtk_widget_buildable_custom_finished;
12089 gtk_widget_buildable_set_name (GtkBuildable *buildable,
12092 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_set_name,
12093 g_strdup (name), g_free);
12096 static const gchar *
12097 gtk_widget_buildable_get_name (GtkBuildable *buildable)
12099 return g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_set_name);
12103 gtk_widget_buildable_get_internal_child (GtkBuildable *buildable,
12104 GtkBuilder *builder,
12105 const gchar *childname)
12107 if (strcmp (childname, "accessible") == 0)
12108 return G_OBJECT (gtk_widget_get_accessible (GTK_WIDGET (buildable)));
12114 gtk_widget_buildable_set_buildable_property (GtkBuildable *buildable,
12115 GtkBuilder *builder,
12117 const GValue *value)
12119 if (strcmp (name, "has-default") == 0 && g_value_get_boolean (value))
12120 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_has_default,
12121 GINT_TO_POINTER (TRUE));
12122 else if (strcmp (name, "has-focus") == 0 && g_value_get_boolean (value))
12123 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_has_focus,
12124 GINT_TO_POINTER (TRUE));
12126 g_object_set_property (G_OBJECT (buildable), name, value);
12131 gchar *action_name;
12132 GString *description;
12134 gboolean translatable;
12144 free_action (AtkActionData *data, gpointer user_data)
12146 g_free (data->action_name);
12147 g_string_free (data->description, TRUE);
12148 g_free (data->context);
12149 g_slice_free (AtkActionData, data);
12153 free_relation (AtkRelationData *data, gpointer user_data)
12155 g_free (data->target);
12156 g_free (data->type);
12157 g_slice_free (AtkRelationData, data);
12161 gtk_widget_buildable_parser_finished (GtkBuildable *buildable,
12162 GtkBuilder *builder)
12164 GSList *atk_relations;
12166 if (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_has_default))
12167 gtk_widget_grab_default (GTK_WIDGET (buildable));
12168 if (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_has_focus))
12169 gtk_widget_grab_focus (GTK_WIDGET (buildable));
12171 atk_relations = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable),
12172 quark_builder_atk_relations);
12175 AtkObject *accessible;
12176 AtkRelationSet *relation_set;
12179 AtkRelationType relation_type;
12180 AtkObject *target_accessible;
12182 accessible = gtk_widget_get_accessible (GTK_WIDGET (buildable));
12183 relation_set = atk_object_ref_relation_set (accessible);
12185 for (l = atk_relations; l; l = l->next)
12187 AtkRelationData *relation = (AtkRelationData*)l->data;
12189 target = gtk_builder_get_object (builder, relation->target);
12192 g_warning ("Target object %s in <relation> does not exist",
12196 target_accessible = gtk_widget_get_accessible (GTK_WIDGET (target));
12197 g_assert (target_accessible != NULL);
12199 relation_type = atk_relation_type_for_name (relation->type);
12200 if (relation_type == ATK_RELATION_NULL)
12202 g_warning ("<relation> type %s not found",
12206 atk_relation_set_add_relation_by_type (relation_set, relation_type,
12207 target_accessible);
12209 g_object_unref (relation_set);
12211 g_slist_free_full (atk_relations, (GDestroyNotify) free_relation);
12212 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_atk_relations,
12221 } AccessibilitySubParserData;
12224 accessibility_start_element (GMarkupParseContext *context,
12225 const gchar *element_name,
12226 const gchar **names,
12227 const gchar **values,
12228 gpointer user_data,
12231 AccessibilitySubParserData *data = (AccessibilitySubParserData*)user_data;
12233 gint line_number, char_number;
12235 if (strcmp (element_name, "relation") == 0)
12237 gchar *target = NULL;
12238 gchar *type = NULL;
12239 AtkRelationData *relation;
12241 for (i = 0; names[i]; i++)
12243 if (strcmp (names[i], "target") == 0)
12244 target = g_strdup (values[i]);
12245 else if (strcmp (names[i], "type") == 0)
12246 type = g_strdup (values[i]);
12249 g_markup_parse_context_get_position (context,
12252 g_set_error (error,
12254 GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_INVALID_ATTRIBUTE,
12255 "%s:%d:%d '%s' is not a valid attribute of <%s>",
12257 line_number, char_number, names[i], "relation");
12264 if (!target || !type)
12266 g_markup_parse_context_get_position (context,
12269 g_set_error (error,
12271 GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_MISSING_ATTRIBUTE,
12272 "%s:%d:%d <%s> requires attribute \"%s\"",
12274 line_number, char_number, "relation",
12275 type ? "target" : "type");
12281 relation = g_slice_new (AtkRelationData);
12282 relation->target = target;
12283 relation->type = type;
12285 data->relations = g_slist_prepend (data->relations, relation);
12287 else if (strcmp (element_name, "action") == 0)
12289 const gchar *action_name = NULL;
12290 const gchar *description = NULL;
12291 const gchar *msg_context = NULL;
12292 gboolean translatable = FALSE;
12293 AtkActionData *action;
12295 for (i = 0; names[i]; i++)
12297 if (strcmp (names[i], "action_name") == 0)
12298 action_name = values[i];
12299 else if (strcmp (names[i], "description") == 0)
12300 description = values[i];
12301 else if (strcmp (names[i], "translatable") == 0)
12303 if (!_gtk_builder_boolean_from_string (values[i], &translatable, error))
12306 else if (strcmp (names[i], "comments") == 0)
12308 /* do nothing, comments are for translators */
12310 else if (strcmp (names[i], "context") == 0)
12311 msg_context = values[i];
12314 g_markup_parse_context_get_position (context,
12317 g_set_error (error,
12319 GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_INVALID_ATTRIBUTE,
12320 "%s:%d:%d '%s' is not a valid attribute of <%s>",
12322 line_number, char_number, names[i], "action");
12329 g_markup_parse_context_get_position (context,
12332 g_set_error (error,
12334 GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_MISSING_ATTRIBUTE,
12335 "%s:%d:%d <%s> requires attribute \"%s\"",
12337 line_number, char_number, "action",
12342 action = g_slice_new (AtkActionData);
12343 action->action_name = g_strdup (action_name);
12344 action->description = g_string_new (description);
12345 action->context = g_strdup (msg_context);
12346 action->translatable = translatable;
12348 data->actions = g_slist_prepend (data->actions, action);
12350 else if (strcmp (element_name, "accessibility") == 0)
12353 g_warning ("Unsupported tag for GtkWidget: %s\n", element_name);
12357 accessibility_text (GMarkupParseContext *context,
12360 gpointer user_data,
12363 AccessibilitySubParserData *data = (AccessibilitySubParserData*)user_data;
12365 if (strcmp (g_markup_parse_context_get_element (context), "action") == 0)
12367 AtkActionData *action = data->actions->data;
12369 g_string_append_len (action->description, text, text_len);
12373 static const GMarkupParser accessibility_parser =
12375 accessibility_start_element,
12377 accessibility_text,
12386 } AccelGroupParserData;
12389 accel_group_start_element (GMarkupParseContext *context,
12390 const gchar *element_name,
12391 const gchar **names,
12392 const gchar **values,
12393 gpointer user_data,
12398 guint modifiers = 0;
12399 gchar *signal = NULL;
12400 AccelGroupParserData *parser_data = (AccelGroupParserData*)user_data;
12402 for (i = 0; names[i]; i++)
12404 if (strcmp (names[i], "key") == 0)
12405 key = gdk_keyval_from_name (values[i]);
12406 else if (strcmp (names[i], "modifiers") == 0)
12408 if (!_gtk_builder_flags_from_string (GDK_TYPE_MODIFIER_TYPE,
12414 else if (strcmp (names[i], "signal") == 0)
12415 signal = g_strdup (values[i]);
12418 if (key == 0 || signal == NULL)
12420 g_warning ("<accelerator> requires key and signal attributes");
12423 parser_data->key = key;
12424 parser_data->modifiers = modifiers;
12425 parser_data->signal = signal;
12428 static const GMarkupParser accel_group_parser =
12430 accel_group_start_element,
12439 style_start_element (GMarkupParseContext *context,
12440 const gchar *element_name,
12441 const gchar **names,
12442 const gchar **values,
12443 gpointer user_data,
12446 StyleParserData *style_data = (StyleParserData *)user_data;
12449 if (strcmp (element_name, "class") == 0)
12451 if (g_markup_collect_attributes (element_name,
12455 G_MARKUP_COLLECT_STRDUP, "name", &class_name,
12456 G_MARKUP_COLLECT_INVALID))
12458 style_data->classes = g_slist_append (style_data->classes, class_name);
12461 else if (strcmp (element_name, "style") == 0)
12464 g_warning ("Unsupported tag for GtkWidget: %s\n", element_name);
12467 static const GMarkupParser style_parser =
12469 style_start_element,
12473 gtk_widget_buildable_custom_tag_start (GtkBuildable *buildable,
12474 GtkBuilder *builder,
12476 const gchar *tagname,
12477 GMarkupParser *parser,
12480 g_assert (buildable);
12482 if (strcmp (tagname, "accelerator") == 0)
12484 AccelGroupParserData *parser_data;
12486 parser_data = g_slice_new0 (AccelGroupParserData);
12487 parser_data->object = g_object_ref (buildable);
12488 *parser = accel_group_parser;
12489 *data = parser_data;
12492 if (strcmp (tagname, "accessibility") == 0)
12494 AccessibilitySubParserData *parser_data;
12496 parser_data = g_slice_new0 (AccessibilitySubParserData);
12497 *parser = accessibility_parser;
12498 *data = parser_data;
12501 if (strcmp (tagname, "style") == 0)
12503 StyleParserData *parser_data;
12505 parser_data = g_slice_new0 (StyleParserData);
12506 *parser = style_parser;
12507 *data = parser_data;
12515 _gtk_widget_buildable_finish_accelerator (GtkWidget *widget,
12516 GtkWidget *toplevel,
12517 gpointer user_data)
12519 AccelGroupParserData *accel_data;
12520 GSList *accel_groups;
12521 GtkAccelGroup *accel_group;
12523 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
12524 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (toplevel));
12525 g_return_if_fail (user_data != NULL);
12527 accel_data = (AccelGroupParserData*)user_data;
12528 accel_groups = gtk_accel_groups_from_object (G_OBJECT (toplevel));
12529 if (g_slist_length (accel_groups) == 0)
12531 accel_group = gtk_accel_group_new ();
12532 gtk_window_add_accel_group (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel), accel_group);
12536 g_assert (g_slist_length (accel_groups) == 1);
12537 accel_group = g_slist_nth_data (accel_groups, 0);
12540 gtk_widget_add_accelerator (GTK_WIDGET (accel_data->object),
12541 accel_data->signal,
12544 accel_data->modifiers,
12545 GTK_ACCEL_VISIBLE);
12547 g_object_unref (accel_data->object);
12548 g_free (accel_data->signal);
12549 g_slice_free (AccelGroupParserData, accel_data);
12553 gtk_widget_buildable_custom_finished (GtkBuildable *buildable,
12554 GtkBuilder *builder,
12556 const gchar *tagname,
12557 gpointer user_data)
12559 if (strcmp (tagname, "accelerator") == 0)
12561 AccelGroupParserData *accel_data;
12562 GtkWidget *toplevel;
12564 accel_data = (AccelGroupParserData*)user_data;
12565 g_assert (accel_data->object);
12567 toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (GTK_WIDGET (accel_data->object));
12569 _gtk_widget_buildable_finish_accelerator (GTK_WIDGET (buildable), toplevel, user_data);
12571 else if (strcmp (tagname, "accessibility") == 0)
12573 AccessibilitySubParserData *a11y_data;
12575 a11y_data = (AccessibilitySubParserData*)user_data;
12577 if (a11y_data->actions)
12579 AtkObject *accessible;
12584 accessible = gtk_widget_get_accessible (GTK_WIDGET (buildable));
12586 if (ATK_IS_ACTION (accessible))
12588 action = ATK_ACTION (accessible);
12589 n_actions = atk_action_get_n_actions (action);
12591 for (l = a11y_data->actions; l; l = l->next)
12593 AtkActionData *action_data = (AtkActionData*)l->data;
12595 for (i = 0; i < n_actions; i++)
12596 if (strcmp (atk_action_get_name (action, i),
12597 action_data->action_name) == 0)
12602 gchar *description;
12604 if (action_data->translatable && action_data->description->len)
12605 description = _gtk_builder_parser_translate (gtk_builder_get_translation_domain (builder),
12606 action_data->context,
12607 action_data->description->str);
12609 description = action_data->description->str;
12611 atk_action_set_description (action, i, description);
12616 g_warning ("accessibility action on a widget that does not implement AtkAction");
12618 g_slist_free_full (a11y_data->actions, (GDestroyNotify) free_action);
12621 if (a11y_data->relations)
12622 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_atk_relations,
12623 a11y_data->relations);
12625 g_slice_free (AccessibilitySubParserData, a11y_data);
12627 else if (strcmp (tagname, "style") == 0)
12629 StyleParserData *style_data = (StyleParserData *)user_data;
12630 GtkStyleContext *context;
12633 context = gtk_widget_get_style_context (GTK_WIDGET (buildable));
12635 for (l = style_data->classes; l; l = l->next)
12636 gtk_style_context_add_class (context, (const gchar *)l->data);
12638 gtk_widget_reset_style (GTK_WIDGET (buildable));
12640 g_slist_free_full (style_data->classes, g_free);
12641 g_slice_free (StyleParserData, style_data);
12645 static GtkSizeRequestMode
12646 gtk_widget_real_get_request_mode (GtkWidget *widget)
12648 /* By default widgets dont trade size at all. */
12649 return GTK_SIZE_REQUEST_CONSTANT_SIZE;
12653 gtk_widget_real_get_width (GtkWidget *widget,
12654 gint *minimum_size,
12655 gint *natural_size)
12665 gtk_widget_real_get_height (GtkWidget *widget,
12666 gint *minimum_size,
12667 gint *natural_size)
12677 gtk_widget_real_get_height_for_width (GtkWidget *widget,
12679 gint *minimum_height,
12680 gint *natural_height)
12682 GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->get_preferred_height (widget, minimum_height, natural_height);
12686 gtk_widget_real_get_width_for_height (GtkWidget *widget,
12688 gint *minimum_width,
12689 gint *natural_width)
12691 GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->get_preferred_width (widget, minimum_width, natural_width);
12695 * gtk_widget_get_halign:
12696 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
12698 * Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:halign property.
12700 * Returns: the horizontal alignment of @widget
12703 gtk_widget_get_halign (GtkWidget *widget)
12705 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), GTK_ALIGN_FILL);
12706 return _gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (widget)->halign;
12710 * gtk_widget_set_halign:
12711 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
12712 * @align: the horizontal alignment
12714 * Sets the horizontal alignment of @widget.
12715 * See the #GtkWidget:halign property.
12718 gtk_widget_set_halign (GtkWidget *widget,
12721 GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
12723 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
12725 aux_info = gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, TRUE);
12727 if (aux_info->halign == align)
12730 aux_info->halign = align;
12731 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
12732 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "halign");
12736 * gtk_widget_get_valign:
12737 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
12739 * Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:valign property.
12741 * Returns: the vertical alignment of @widget
12744 gtk_widget_get_valign (GtkWidget *widget)
12746 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), GTK_ALIGN_FILL);
12747 return _gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (widget)->valign;
12751 * gtk_widget_set_valign:
12752 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
12753 * @align: the vertical alignment
12755 * Sets the vertical alignment of @widget.
12756 * See the #GtkWidget:valign property.
12759 gtk_widget_set_valign (GtkWidget *widget,
12762 GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
12764 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
12766 aux_info = gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, TRUE);
12768 if (aux_info->valign == align)
12771 aux_info->valign = align;
12772 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
12773 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "valign");
12777 * gtk_widget_get_margin_left:
12778 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
12780 * Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:margin-left property.
12782 * Returns: The left margin of @widget
12787 gtk_widget_get_margin_left (GtkWidget *widget)
12789 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
12791 return _gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (widget)->margin.left;
12795 * gtk_widget_set_margin_left:
12796 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
12797 * @margin: the left margin
12799 * Sets the left margin of @widget.
12800 * See the #GtkWidget:margin-left property.
12805 gtk_widget_set_margin_left (GtkWidget *widget,
12808 GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
12810 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
12811 g_return_if_fail (margin <= G_MAXINT16);
12813 aux_info = gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, TRUE);
12815 if (aux_info->margin.left == margin)
12818 aux_info->margin.left = margin;
12819 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
12820 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "margin-left");
12824 * gtk_widget_get_margin_right:
12825 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
12827 * Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:margin-right property.
12829 * Returns: The right margin of @widget
12834 gtk_widget_get_margin_right (GtkWidget *widget)
12836 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
12838 return _gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (widget)->margin.right;
12842 * gtk_widget_set_margin_right:
12843 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
12844 * @margin: the right margin
12846 * Sets the right margin of @widget.
12847 * See the #GtkWidget:margin-right property.
12852 gtk_widget_set_margin_right (GtkWidget *widget,
12855 GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
12857 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
12858 g_return_if_fail (margin <= G_MAXINT16);
12860 aux_info = gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, TRUE);
12862 if (aux_info->margin.right == margin)
12865 aux_info->margin.right = margin;
12866 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
12867 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "margin-right");
12871 * gtk_widget_get_margin_top:
12872 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
12874 * Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:margin-top property.
12876 * Returns: The top margin of @widget
12881 gtk_widget_get_margin_top (GtkWidget *widget)
12883 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
12885 return _gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (widget)->margin.top;
12889 * gtk_widget_set_margin_top:
12890 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
12891 * @margin: the top margin
12893 * Sets the top margin of @widget.
12894 * See the #GtkWidget:margin-top property.
12899 gtk_widget_set_margin_top (GtkWidget *widget,
12902 GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
12904 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
12905 g_return_if_fail (margin <= G_MAXINT16);
12907 aux_info = gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, TRUE);
12909 if (aux_info->margin.top == margin)
12912 aux_info->margin.top = margin;
12913 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
12914 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "margin-top");
12918 * gtk_widget_get_margin_bottom:
12919 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
12921 * Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:margin-bottom property.
12923 * Returns: The bottom margin of @widget
12928 gtk_widget_get_margin_bottom (GtkWidget *widget)
12930 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
12932 return _gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (widget)->margin.bottom;
12936 * gtk_widget_set_margin_bottom:
12937 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
12938 * @margin: the bottom margin
12940 * Sets the bottom margin of @widget.
12941 * See the #GtkWidget:margin-bottom property.
12946 gtk_widget_set_margin_bottom (GtkWidget *widget,
12949 GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
12951 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
12952 g_return_if_fail (margin <= G_MAXINT16);
12954 aux_info = gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, TRUE);
12956 if (aux_info->margin.bottom == margin)
12959 aux_info->margin.bottom = margin;
12960 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
12961 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "margin-bottom");
12965 * gtk_widget_get_clipboard:
12966 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
12967 * @selection: a #GdkAtom which identifies the clipboard
12968 * to use. %GDK_SELECTION_CLIPBOARD gives the
12969 * default clipboard. Another common value
12970 * is %GDK_SELECTION_PRIMARY, which gives
12971 * the primary X selection.
12973 * Returns the clipboard object for the given selection to
12974 * be used with @widget. @widget must have a #GdkDisplay
12975 * associated with it, so must be attached to a toplevel
12978 * Return value: (transfer none): the appropriate clipboard object. If no
12979 * clipboard already exists, a new one will
12980 * be created. Once a clipboard object has
12981 * been created, it is persistent for all time.
12986 gtk_widget_get_clipboard (GtkWidget *widget, GdkAtom selection)
12988 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
12989 g_return_val_if_fail (gtk_widget_has_screen (widget), NULL);
12991 return gtk_clipboard_get_for_display (gtk_widget_get_display (widget),
12996 * gtk_widget_list_mnemonic_labels:
12997 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
12999 * Returns a newly allocated list of the widgets, normally labels, for
13000 * which this widget is the target of a mnemonic (see for example,
13001 * gtk_label_set_mnemonic_widget()).
13003 * The widgets in the list are not individually referenced. If you
13004 * want to iterate through the list and perform actions involving
13005 * callbacks that might destroy the widgets, you
13006 * <emphasis>must</emphasis> call <literal>g_list_foreach (result,
13007 * (GFunc)g_object_ref, NULL)</literal> first, and then unref all the
13008 * widgets afterwards.
13010 * Return value: (element-type GtkWidget) (transfer container): the list of
13011 * mnemonic labels; free this list
13012 * with g_list_free() when you are done with it.
13017 gtk_widget_list_mnemonic_labels (GtkWidget *widget)
13019 GList *list = NULL;
13022 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
13024 for (l = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels); l; l = l->next)
13025 list = g_list_prepend (list, l->data);
13031 * gtk_widget_add_mnemonic_label:
13032 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13033 * @label: a #GtkWidget that acts as a mnemonic label for @widget
13035 * Adds a widget to the list of mnemonic labels for
13036 * this widget. (See gtk_widget_list_mnemonic_labels()). Note the
13037 * list of mnemonic labels for the widget is cleared when the
13038 * widget is destroyed, so the caller must make sure to update
13039 * its internal state at this point as well, by using a connection
13040 * to the #GtkWidget::destroy signal or a weak notifier.
13045 gtk_widget_add_mnemonic_label (GtkWidget *widget,
13048 GSList *old_list, *new_list;
13050 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13051 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (label));
13053 old_list = g_object_steal_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels);
13054 new_list = g_slist_prepend (old_list, label);
13056 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels,
13057 new_list, (GDestroyNotify) g_slist_free);
13061 * gtk_widget_remove_mnemonic_label:
13062 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13063 * @label: a #GtkWidget that was previously set as a mnemnic label for
13064 * @widget with gtk_widget_add_mnemonic_label().
13066 * Removes a widget from the list of mnemonic labels for
13067 * this widget. (See gtk_widget_list_mnemonic_labels()). The widget
13068 * must have previously been added to the list with
13069 * gtk_widget_add_mnemonic_label().
13074 gtk_widget_remove_mnemonic_label (GtkWidget *widget,
13077 GSList *old_list, *new_list;
13079 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13080 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (label));
13082 old_list = g_object_steal_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels);
13083 new_list = g_slist_remove (old_list, label);
13086 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels,
13087 new_list, (GDestroyNotify) g_slist_free);
13091 * gtk_widget_get_no_show_all:
13092 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13094 * Returns the current value of the #GtkWidget:no-show-all property,
13095 * which determines whether calls to gtk_widget_show_all()
13096 * will affect this widget.
13098 * Return value: the current value of the "no-show-all" property.
13103 gtk_widget_get_no_show_all (GtkWidget *widget)
13105 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
13107 return widget->priv->no_show_all;
13111 * gtk_widget_set_no_show_all:
13112 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13113 * @no_show_all: the new value for the "no-show-all" property
13115 * Sets the #GtkWidget:no-show-all property, which determines whether
13116 * calls to gtk_widget_show_all() will affect this widget.
13118 * This is mostly for use in constructing widget hierarchies with externally
13119 * controlled visibility, see #GtkUIManager.
13124 gtk_widget_set_no_show_all (GtkWidget *widget,
13125 gboolean no_show_all)
13127 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13129 no_show_all = (no_show_all != FALSE);
13131 if (widget->priv->no_show_all != no_show_all)
13133 widget->priv->no_show_all = no_show_all;
13135 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "no-show-all");
13141 gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget,
13142 gboolean has_tooltip,
13145 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
13146 gboolean priv_has_tooltip;
13148 priv_has_tooltip = GPOINTER_TO_UINT (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget),
13149 quark_has_tooltip));
13151 if (priv_has_tooltip != has_tooltip || force)
13153 priv_has_tooltip = has_tooltip;
13155 if (priv_has_tooltip)
13157 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget) && !gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
13158 gdk_window_set_events (priv->window,
13159 gdk_window_get_events (priv->window) |
13160 GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY_MASK |
13161 GDK_POINTER_MOTION_MASK |
13162 GDK_POINTER_MOTION_HINT_MASK);
13164 if (gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
13165 gtk_widget_add_events (widget,
13166 GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY_MASK |
13167 GDK_POINTER_MOTION_MASK |
13168 GDK_POINTER_MOTION_HINT_MASK);
13171 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_has_tooltip,
13172 GUINT_TO_POINTER (priv_has_tooltip));
13177 * gtk_widget_set_tooltip_window:
13178 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13179 * @custom_window: (allow-none): a #GtkWindow, or %NULL
13181 * Replaces the default, usually yellow, window used for displaying
13182 * tooltips with @custom_window. GTK+ will take care of showing and
13183 * hiding @custom_window at the right moment, to behave likewise as
13184 * the default tooltip window. If @custom_window is %NULL, the default
13185 * tooltip window will be used.
13187 * If the custom window should have the default theming it needs to
13188 * have the name "gtk-tooltip", see gtk_widget_set_name().
13193 gtk_widget_set_tooltip_window (GtkWidget *widget,
13194 GtkWindow *custom_window)
13196 gboolean has_tooltip;
13197 gchar *tooltip_markup;
13199 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13200 g_return_if_fail (custom_window == NULL || GTK_IS_WINDOW (custom_window));
13202 tooltip_markup = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_tooltip_markup);
13205 g_object_ref (custom_window);
13207 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_tooltip_window,
13208 custom_window, g_object_unref);
13210 has_tooltip = (custom_window != NULL || tooltip_markup != NULL);
13211 gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (widget, has_tooltip, FALSE);
13213 if (has_tooltip && gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
13214 gtk_widget_queue_tooltip_query (widget);
13218 * gtk_widget_get_tooltip_window:
13219 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13221 * Returns the #GtkWindow of the current tooltip. This can be the
13222 * GtkWindow created by default, or the custom tooltip window set
13223 * using gtk_widget_set_tooltip_window().
13225 * Return value: (transfer none): The #GtkWindow of the current tooltip.
13230 gtk_widget_get_tooltip_window (GtkWidget *widget)
13232 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
13234 return g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_tooltip_window);
13238 * gtk_widget_trigger_tooltip_query:
13239 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13241 * Triggers a tooltip query on the display where the toplevel of @widget
13242 * is located. See gtk_tooltip_trigger_tooltip_query() for more
13248 gtk_widget_trigger_tooltip_query (GtkWidget *widget)
13250 gtk_tooltip_trigger_tooltip_query (gtk_widget_get_display (widget));
13253 static guint tooltip_query_id;
13254 static GSList *tooltip_query_displays;
13257 tooltip_query_idle (gpointer data)
13259 g_slist_foreach (tooltip_query_displays, (GFunc)gtk_tooltip_trigger_tooltip_query, NULL);
13260 g_slist_foreach (tooltip_query_displays, (GFunc)g_object_unref, NULL);
13261 g_slist_free (tooltip_query_displays);
13263 tooltip_query_displays = NULL;
13264 tooltip_query_id = 0;
13270 gtk_widget_queue_tooltip_query (GtkWidget *widget)
13272 GdkDisplay *display;
13274 display = gtk_widget_get_display (widget);
13276 if (!g_slist_find (tooltip_query_displays, display))
13277 tooltip_query_displays = g_slist_prepend (tooltip_query_displays, g_object_ref (display));
13279 if (tooltip_query_id == 0)
13280 tooltip_query_id = gdk_threads_add_idle (tooltip_query_idle, NULL);
13284 * gtk_widget_set_tooltip_text:
13285 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13286 * @text: the contents of the tooltip for @widget
13288 * Sets @text as the contents of the tooltip. This function will take
13289 * care of setting #GtkWidget:has-tooltip to %TRUE and of the default
13290 * handler for the #GtkWidget::query-tooltip signal.
13292 * See also the #GtkWidget:tooltip-text property and gtk_tooltip_set_text().
13297 gtk_widget_set_tooltip_text (GtkWidget *widget,
13300 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13302 g_object_set (G_OBJECT (widget), "tooltip-text", text, NULL);
13306 * gtk_widget_get_tooltip_text:
13307 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13309 * Gets the contents of the tooltip for @widget.
13311 * Return value: the tooltip text, or %NULL. You should free the
13312 * returned string with g_free() when done.
13317 gtk_widget_get_tooltip_text (GtkWidget *widget)
13319 gchar *text = NULL;
13321 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
13323 g_object_get (G_OBJECT (widget), "tooltip-text", &text, NULL);
13329 * gtk_widget_set_tooltip_markup:
13330 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13331 * @markup: (allow-none): the contents of the tooltip for @widget, or %NULL
13333 * Sets @markup as the contents of the tooltip, which is marked up with
13334 * the <link linkend="PangoMarkupFormat">Pango text markup language</link>.
13336 * This function will take care of setting #GtkWidget:has-tooltip to %TRUE
13337 * and of the default handler for the #GtkWidget::query-tooltip signal.
13339 * See also the #GtkWidget:tooltip-markup property and
13340 * gtk_tooltip_set_markup().
13345 gtk_widget_set_tooltip_markup (GtkWidget *widget,
13346 const gchar *markup)
13348 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13350 g_object_set (G_OBJECT (widget), "tooltip-markup", markup, NULL);
13354 * gtk_widget_get_tooltip_markup:
13355 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13357 * Gets the contents of the tooltip for @widget.
13359 * Return value: the tooltip text, or %NULL. You should free the
13360 * returned string with g_free() when done.
13365 gtk_widget_get_tooltip_markup (GtkWidget *widget)
13367 gchar *text = NULL;
13369 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
13371 g_object_get (G_OBJECT (widget), "tooltip-markup", &text, NULL);
13377 * gtk_widget_set_has_tooltip:
13378 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13379 * @has_tooltip: whether or not @widget has a tooltip.
13381 * Sets the has-tooltip property on @widget to @has_tooltip. See
13382 * #GtkWidget:has-tooltip for more information.
13387 gtk_widget_set_has_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget,
13388 gboolean has_tooltip)
13390 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13392 g_object_set (G_OBJECT (widget), "has-tooltip", has_tooltip, NULL);
13396 * gtk_widget_get_has_tooltip:
13397 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13399 * Returns the current value of the has-tooltip property. See
13400 * #GtkWidget:has-tooltip for more information.
13402 * Return value: current value of has-tooltip on @widget.
13407 gtk_widget_get_has_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget)
13409 gboolean has_tooltip = FALSE;
13411 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
13413 g_object_get (G_OBJECT (widget), "has-tooltip", &has_tooltip, NULL);
13415 return has_tooltip;
13419 * gtk_widget_get_allocation:
13420 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13421 * @allocation: (out): a pointer to a #GtkAllocation to copy to
13423 * Retrieves the widget's allocation.
13425 * Note, when implementing a #GtkContainer: a widget's allocation will
13426 * be its "adjusted" allocation, that is, the widget's parent
13427 * container typically calls gtk_widget_size_allocate() with an
13428 * allocation, and that allocation is then adjusted (to handle margin
13429 * and alignment for example) before assignment to the widget.
13430 * gtk_widget_get_allocation() returns the adjusted allocation that
13431 * was actually assigned to the widget. The adjusted allocation is
13432 * guaranteed to be completely contained within the
13433 * gtk_widget_size_allocate() allocation, however. So a #GtkContainer
13434 * is guaranteed that its children stay inside the assigned bounds,
13435 * but not that they have exactly the bounds the container assigned.
13436 * There is no way to get the original allocation assigned by
13437 * gtk_widget_size_allocate(), since it isn't stored; if a container
13438 * implementation needs that information it will have to track it itself.
13443 gtk_widget_get_allocation (GtkWidget *widget,
13444 GtkAllocation *allocation)
13446 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
13448 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13449 g_return_if_fail (allocation != NULL);
13451 priv = widget->priv;
13453 *allocation = priv->allocation;
13457 * gtk_widget_set_allocation:
13458 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13459 * @allocation: a pointer to a #GtkAllocation to copy from
13461 * Sets the widget's allocation. This should not be used
13462 * directly, but from within a widget's size_allocate method.
13464 * The allocation set should be the "adjusted" or actual
13465 * allocation. If you're implementing a #GtkContainer, you want to use
13466 * gtk_widget_size_allocate() instead of gtk_widget_set_allocation().
13467 * The GtkWidgetClass::adjust_size_allocation virtual method adjusts the
13468 * allocation inside gtk_widget_size_allocate() to create an adjusted
13474 gtk_widget_set_allocation (GtkWidget *widget,
13475 const GtkAllocation *allocation)
13477 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
13479 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13480 g_return_if_fail (allocation != NULL);
13482 priv = widget->priv;
13484 priv->allocation = *allocation;
13488 * gtk_widget_get_allocated_width:
13489 * @widget: the widget to query
13491 * Returns the width that has currently been allocated to @widget.
13492 * This function is intended to be used when implementing handlers
13493 * for the #GtkWidget::draw function.
13495 * Returns: the width of the @widget
13498 gtk_widget_get_allocated_width (GtkWidget *widget)
13500 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
13502 return widget->priv->allocation.width;
13506 * gtk_widget_get_allocated_height:
13507 * @widget: the widget to query
13509 * Returns the height that has currently been allocated to @widget.
13510 * This function is intended to be used when implementing handlers
13511 * for the #GtkWidget::draw function.
13513 * Returns: the height of the @widget
13516 gtk_widget_get_allocated_height (GtkWidget *widget)
13518 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
13520 return widget->priv->allocation.height;
13524 * gtk_widget_get_requisition:
13525 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13526 * @requisition: (out): a pointer to a #GtkRequisition to copy to
13528 * Retrieves the widget's requisition.
13530 * This function should only be used by widget implementations in
13531 * order to figure whether the widget's requisition has actually
13532 * changed after some internal state change (so that they can call
13533 * gtk_widget_queue_resize() instead of gtk_widget_queue_draw()).
13535 * Normally, gtk_widget_size_request() should be used.
13539 * Deprecated: 3.0: The #GtkRequisition cache on the widget was
13540 * removed, If you need to cache sizes across requests and allocations,
13541 * add an explicit cache to the widget in question instead.
13544 gtk_widget_get_requisition (GtkWidget *widget,
13545 GtkRequisition *requisition)
13547 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13548 g_return_if_fail (requisition != NULL);
13550 gtk_widget_get_preferred_size (widget, requisition, NULL);
13554 * gtk_widget_set_window:
13555 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13556 * @window: (transfer full): a #GdkWindow
13558 * Sets a widget's window. This function should only be used in a
13559 * widget's #GtkWidget::realize implementation. The %window passed is
13560 * usually either new window created with gdk_window_new(), or the
13561 * window of its parent widget as returned by
13562 * gtk_widget_get_parent_window().
13564 * Widgets must indicate whether they will create their own #GdkWindow
13565 * by calling gtk_widget_set_has_window(). This is usually done in the
13566 * widget's init() function.
13568 * <note><para>This function does not add any reference to @window.</para></note>
13573 gtk_widget_set_window (GtkWidget *widget,
13576 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
13578 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13579 g_return_if_fail (window == NULL || GDK_IS_WINDOW (window));
13581 priv = widget->priv;
13583 if (priv->window != window)
13585 priv->window = window;
13586 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "window");
13591 * gtk_widget_get_window:
13592 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13594 * Returns the widget's window if it is realized, %NULL otherwise
13596 * Return value: (transfer none): @widget's window.
13601 gtk_widget_get_window (GtkWidget *widget)
13603 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
13605 return widget->priv->window;
13609 * gtk_widget_get_support_multidevice:
13610 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13612 * Returns %TRUE if @widget is multiple pointer aware. See
13613 * gtk_widget_set_support_multidevice() for more information.
13615 * Returns: %TRUE if @widget is multidevice aware.
13618 gtk_widget_get_support_multidevice (GtkWidget *widget)
13620 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
13622 return widget->priv->multidevice;
13626 * gtk_widget_set_support_multidevice:
13627 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13628 * @support_multidevice: %TRUE to support input from multiple devices.
13630 * Enables or disables multiple pointer awareness. If this setting is %TRUE,
13631 * @widget will start receiving multiple, per device enter/leave events. Note
13632 * that if custom #GdkWindow<!-- -->s are created in #GtkWidget::realize,
13633 * gdk_window_set_support_multidevice() will have to be called manually on them.
13638 gtk_widget_set_support_multidevice (GtkWidget *widget,
13639 gboolean support_multidevice)
13641 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
13643 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13645 priv = widget->priv;
13646 priv->multidevice = (support_multidevice == TRUE);
13648 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
13649 gdk_window_set_support_multidevice (priv->window, support_multidevice);
13653 _gtk_widget_set_has_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
13654 gboolean has_focus)
13656 widget->priv->has_focus = has_focus;
13659 gtk_widget_set_state_flags (widget, GTK_STATE_FLAG_FOCUSED, FALSE);
13661 gtk_widget_unset_state_flags (widget, GTK_STATE_FLAG_FOCUSED);
13665 * gtk_widget_send_focus_change:
13666 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13667 * @event: a #GdkEvent of type GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE
13669 * Sends the focus change @event to @widget
13671 * This function is not meant to be used by applications. The only time it
13672 * should be used is when it is necessary for a #GtkWidget to assign focus
13673 * to a widget that is semantically owned by the first widget even though
13674 * it's not a direct child - for instance, a search entry in a floating
13675 * window similar to the quick search in #GtkTreeView.
13677 * An example of its usage is:
13680 * GdkEvent *fevent = gdk_event_new (GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE);
13682 * fevent->focus_change.type = GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE;
13683 * fevent->focus_change.in = TRUE;
13684 * fevent->focus_change.window = gtk_widget_get_window (widget);
13685 * if (fevent->focus_change.window != NULL)
13686 * g_object_ref (fevent->focus_change.window);
13688 * gtk_widget_send_focus_change (widget, fevent);
13690 * gdk_event_free (event);
13693 * Return value: the return value from the event signal emission: %TRUE
13694 * if the event was handled, and %FALSE otherwise
13699 gtk_widget_send_focus_change (GtkWidget *widget,
13704 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
13705 g_return_val_if_fail (event != NULL && event->type == GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE, FALSE);
13707 g_object_ref (widget);
13709 _gtk_widget_set_has_focus (widget, event->focus_change.in);
13711 res = gtk_widget_event (widget, event);
13713 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "has-focus");
13715 g_object_unref (widget);
13721 * gtk_widget_in_destruction:
13722 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13724 * Returns whether the widget is currently being destroyed.
13725 * This information can sometimes be used to avoid doing
13726 * unnecessary work.
13728 * Returns: %TRUE if @widget is being destroyed
13731 gtk_widget_in_destruction (GtkWidget *widget)
13733 return widget->priv->in_destruction;
13737 _gtk_widget_get_in_reparent (GtkWidget *widget)
13739 return widget->priv->in_reparent;
13743 _gtk_widget_set_in_reparent (GtkWidget *widget,
13744 gboolean in_reparent)
13746 widget->priv->in_reparent = in_reparent;
13750 _gtk_widget_get_anchored (GtkWidget *widget)
13752 return widget->priv->anchored;
13756 _gtk_widget_set_anchored (GtkWidget *widget,
13759 widget->priv->anchored = anchored;
13763 _gtk_widget_get_shadowed (GtkWidget *widget)
13765 return widget->priv->shadowed;
13769 _gtk_widget_set_shadowed (GtkWidget *widget,
13772 widget->priv->shadowed = shadowed;
13776 _gtk_widget_get_alloc_needed (GtkWidget *widget)
13778 return widget->priv->alloc_needed;
13782 _gtk_widget_set_alloc_needed (GtkWidget *widget,
13783 gboolean alloc_needed)
13785 widget->priv->alloc_needed = alloc_needed;
13789 _gtk_widget_add_sizegroup (GtkWidget *widget,
13794 groups = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_size_groups);
13795 groups = g_slist_prepend (groups, group);
13796 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_size_groups, groups);
13798 widget->priv->have_size_groups = TRUE;
13802 _gtk_widget_remove_sizegroup (GtkWidget *widget,
13807 groups = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_size_groups);
13808 groups = g_slist_remove (groups, group);
13809 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_size_groups, groups);
13811 widget->priv->have_size_groups = groups != NULL;
13815 _gtk_widget_get_sizegroups (GtkWidget *widget)
13817 if (widget->priv->have_size_groups)
13818 return g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_size_groups);
13824 _gtk_widget_add_attached_window (GtkWidget *widget,
13827 widget->priv->attached_windows = g_list_prepend (widget->priv->attached_windows, window);
13831 _gtk_widget_remove_attached_window (GtkWidget *widget,
13834 widget->priv->attached_windows = g_list_remove (widget->priv->attached_windows, window);
13838 * gtk_widget_path_append_for_widget:
13839 * @path: a widget path
13840 * @widget: the widget to append to the widget path
13842 * Appends the data from @widget to the widget hierarchy represented
13843 * by @path. This function is a shortcut for adding information from
13844 * @widget to the given @path. This includes setting the name or
13845 * adding the style classes from @widget.
13847 * Returns: the position where the data was inserted
13852 gtk_widget_path_append_for_widget (GtkWidgetPath *path,
13857 g_return_val_if_fail (path != NULL, 0);
13858 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
13860 pos = gtk_widget_path_append_type (path, G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget));
13862 if (widget->priv->name)
13863 gtk_widget_path_iter_set_name (path, pos, widget->priv->name);
13865 if (widget->priv->context)
13867 GList *classes, *l;
13869 /* Also add any persistent classes in
13870 * the style context the widget path
13872 classes = gtk_style_context_list_classes (widget->priv->context);
13874 for (l = classes; l; l = l->next)
13875 gtk_widget_path_iter_add_class (path, pos, l->data);
13877 g_list_free (classes);
13884 _gtk_widget_create_path (GtkWidget *widget)
13888 parent = widget->priv->parent;
13891 return gtk_container_get_path_for_child (GTK_CONTAINER (parent), widget);
13894 /* Widget is either toplevel or unparented, treat both
13895 * as toplevels style wise, since there are situations
13896 * where style properties might be retrieved on that
13899 GtkWidget *attach_widget = NULL;
13900 GtkWidgetPath *result;
13902 if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (widget))
13903 attach_widget = gtk_window_get_attached_to (GTK_WINDOW (widget));
13905 if (attach_widget != NULL)
13906 result = gtk_widget_path_copy (gtk_widget_get_path (attach_widget));
13908 result = gtk_widget_path_new ();
13910 gtk_widget_path_append_for_widget (result, widget);
13917 * gtk_widget_get_path:
13918 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13920 * Returns the #GtkWidgetPath representing @widget, if the widget
13921 * is not connected to a toplevel widget, a partial path will be
13924 * Returns: (transfer none): The #GtkWidgetPath representing @widget
13927 gtk_widget_get_path (GtkWidget *widget)
13929 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
13931 if (!widget->priv->path)
13932 widget->priv->path = _gtk_widget_create_path (widget);
13934 return widget->priv->path;
13938 _gtk_widget_style_context_invalidated (GtkWidget *widget)
13940 if (widget->priv->path)
13942 gtk_widget_path_free (widget->priv->path);
13943 widget->priv->path = NULL;
13946 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
13947 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[STYLE_UPDATED], 0);
13950 /* Compress all style updates so it
13951 * is only emitted once pre-realize.
13953 widget->priv->style_update_pending = TRUE;
13956 if (widget->priv->anchored)
13957 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
13961 * gtk_widget_get_style_context:
13962 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13964 * Returns the style context associated to @widget.
13966 * Returns: (transfer none): a #GtkStyleContext. This memory is owned by @widget and
13967 * must not be freed.
13970 gtk_widget_get_style_context (GtkWidget *widget)
13972 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
13974 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
13976 priv = widget->priv;
13978 if (G_UNLIKELY (priv->context == NULL))
13982 priv->context = gtk_style_context_new ();
13984 gtk_style_context_set_direction (priv->context, gtk_widget_get_direction (widget));
13986 screen = gtk_widget_get_screen (widget);
13988 gtk_style_context_set_screen (priv->context, screen);
13991 gtk_style_context_set_parent (priv->context,
13992 gtk_widget_get_style_context (priv->parent));
13994 _gtk_style_context_set_widget (priv->context, widget);
13997 return widget->priv->context;
14001 _gtk_widget_invalidate_style_context (GtkWidget *widget,
14002 GtkCssChange change)
14004 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
14006 priv = widget->priv;
14008 if (priv->context == NULL)
14011 _gtk_style_context_queue_invalidate (priv->context, change);
14015 * gtk_widget_get_modifier_mask:
14016 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
14017 * @intent: the use case for the modifier mask
14019 * Returns the modifier mask the @widget's windowing system backend
14020 * uses for a particular purpose.
14022 * See gdk_keymap_get_modifier_mask().
14024 * Returns: the modifier mask used for @intent.
14029 gtk_widget_get_modifier_mask (GtkWidget *widget,
14030 GdkModifierIntent intent)
14032 GdkDisplay *display;
14034 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
14036 display = gtk_widget_get_display (widget);
14038 return gdk_keymap_get_modifier_mask (gdk_keymap_get_for_display (display),
14043 _gtk_widget_get_style (GtkWidget *widget)
14045 return widget->priv->style;
14049 _gtk_widget_set_style (GtkWidget *widget,
14052 widget->priv->style = style;
14056 _gtk_widget_update_parent_muxer (GtkWidget *widget)
14059 GActionMuxer *parent_muxer;
14061 if (widget->priv->muxer == NULL)
14064 if (GTK_IS_MENU (widget))
14065 parent = gtk_menu_get_attach_widget (GTK_MENU (widget));
14067 parent = gtk_widget_get_parent (widget);
14069 parent_muxer = parent ? _gtk_widget_get_action_muxer (parent) : NULL;
14071 g_action_muxer_set_parent (widget->priv->muxer, parent_muxer);
14075 _gtk_widget_get_action_muxer (GtkWidget *widget)
14077 if (widget->priv->muxer == NULL)
14079 widget->priv->muxer = g_action_muxer_new ();
14080 _gtk_widget_update_parent_muxer (widget);
14083 return widget->priv->muxer;
14087 * gtk_widget_insert_action_group:
14088 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
14089 * @name: the prefix for actions in @group
14090 * @group: a #GActionGroup
14092 * Inserts @group into @widget. Children of @widget that implement
14093 * #GtkActionable can then be associated with actions in @group by
14094 * setting their 'action-name' to
14095 * @prefix.<replaceable>action-name</replaceable>.
14100 gtk_widget_insert_action_group (GtkWidget *widget,
14102 GActionGroup *group)
14104 GActionMuxer *muxer;
14106 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
14107 g_return_if_fail (name != NULL);
14109 muxer = _gtk_widget_get_action_muxer (widget);
14112 g_action_muxer_insert (muxer, name, group);
14114 g_action_muxer_remove (muxer, name);